Exhibit 99.1
Barclays PLC
This exhibit includes portions from the previously published Results Announcement of Barclays PLC relating to the six months ended 30 June 2022, as amended in part to comply with the requirements of Regulation G and Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including the reconciliation of certain financial information to comparable measures prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The purpose of this document is to provide such additional disclosure as required by Regulation G and Regulation S-K item 10(e), to delete certain information not in compliance with SEC regulations and to include reconciliations of certain non-IFRS figures to the most directly equivalent IFRS figures for the periods presented. This document does not update or otherwise supplement the information contained in the previously published Results Announcement. Any reference to a website in this document is made for informational purposes only, and information found at such websites is not incorporated by reference into this document.
An audit opinion has not been rendered in respect of this document.
| | | | | |
Results Announcement | Page |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Group Chief Executive Officer's Review | |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
Glossary of Terms | |
| |
Capitalisation and Indebtedness | 133 |
BARCLAYS PLC, 1 CHURCHILL PLACE, LONDON, E14 5HP, UNITED KINGDOM. TELEPHONE: +44 (0) 20 7116 1000. COMPANY NO. 48839.
The terms Barclays or Group refer to Barclays PLC together with its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated, the income statement analysis compares the six months ended 30 June 2022 to the corresponding six months of 2021 and balance sheet analysis as at 30 June 2022 with comparatives relating to 31 December 2021 and 30 June 2021. The historical financial information used for the purposes of such analysis has been restated. Please refer to Note 1 to the condensed consolidated interim financial statements contained herein for further information. The abbreviations ‘£m’ and ‘£bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Pounds Sterling respectively; the abbreviations ‘$m’ and ‘$bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of US Dollars respectively; and the abbreviations ‘€m’ and ‘€bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of Euros respectively.
There are a number of key judgement areas, for example impairment calculations, which are based on models and which are subject to ongoing adjustment and modifications. Reported numbers reflect best estimates and judgements at the given point in time.
Relevant terms that are used in this document but are not defined under applicable regulatory guidance or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are explained in the results glossary, attached hereto.
The information in this announcement, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 27 July 2022, does not comprise statutory accounts within the meaning of Section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2021, which contained an unmodified audit report under Section 495 of the Companies Act 2006 (which did not make any statements under Section 498 of the Companies Act 2006) have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in accordance with Section 441 of the Companies Act 2006.
Barclays is a frequent issuer in the debt capital markets and regularly meets with investors via formal road-shows and other ad hoc meetings. Consistent with its usual practice, Barclays expects that from time to time over the coming quarter it will meet with investors globally to discuss these results and other matters relating to the Group.
Non-IFRS performance measures
Barclays’ management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable information to the readers of the financial statements as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for comparing the businesses’ performance between financial periods and provide more detail concerning the elements of performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence or are relevant for an assessment of the Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by Barclays’ management. However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS measures and readers should consider the IFRS measures as well. Refer to the appendix on pages 101 to 108 for further information and calculations of non-IFRS performance measures included throughout this document, and the most directly comparable IFRS measures. Key non-IFRS measures included in this document, and the most directly comparable IFRS measures, are:
– Average allocated equity represents the average shareholders’ equity that is allocated to the businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on pages 103 to 106; – Average allocated tangible equity is calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end allocated tangible equity and the current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period. Period end allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2021: 13.5%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on pages 103 to 106; – Average tangible shareholders’ equity is calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end tangible equity and the current month’s period end tangible equity. The average tangible shareholders’ equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on pages 103 to 106; – Income excluding the Over-issuance of Securities represents total income excluding the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities (as defined below). The comparable IFRS measure is Total income. A reconciliation is provided on page 104;
– Operating expenses excluding the Over-issuance of Securities represents total Operating expenses excluding the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities (as defined below). The comparable IFRS measure is Total operating expenses. A reconciliation is provided on page 104;
– Return on average allocated equity represents the return on shareholders’ equity that is allocated to the businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 108;
– Return on average allocated tangible equity is calculated as the annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, as a proportion of average allocated tangible equity. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on pages 103 to 106; – Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity is calculated as the annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, as a proportion of average shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 108; – Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity excluding the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities is calculated as the annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent excluding the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities, as a proportion of average shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 104; and
– Tangible net asset value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares. The comparable IFRS measure is net asset value per share. A reconciliation is provided on page 107. Forward-looking statements
This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Group. Barclays cautions readers that no forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance and that actual results or other financial condition or performance measures could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as ‘may’, ‘will’, ‘seek’, ‘continue’, ‘aim’, ‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘projected’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, ‘achieve’ or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements can be made in writing but also may be made verbally by members of the management of the Group (including, without limitation, during management presentations to financial analysts) in connection with this document. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements or guidance regarding or relating to the Group’s future financial position, income levels, assets and liabilities, impairment charges, provisions, capital, leverage and other regulatory ratios, capital distributions (including dividend pay-out ratios and expected payment strategies), projected levels of growth in banking and financial markets, projected expenditures, costs or savings, any commitments and targets (including, without limitation, environmental, social and governance (ESG) commitments and targets), business strategy, plans and objectives for future operations, group structure, IFRS impacts and other statements that are not historical or current facts. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances. Forward-looking statements speak only as at the date on which they are made. Forward-looking statements may be affected by a number of factors, including, without limitation: changes in legislation, regulation and the interpretation thereof, the development of IFRS and other accounting standards, evolving practices with regard to the interpretation and application of accounting standards, emerging and developing ESG reporting standards, the outcome of current and future legal proceedings and regulatory investigations and any related impact on provisions, the policies and actions of governmental and regulatory authorities, the Group’s ability along with governments and other stakeholders to measure, manage and mitigate the impacts of climate change effectively, environmental, social and geopolitical risks and incidents or similar events beyond the Group’s control, and the impact of competition. In addition, factors including (but not limited to) the following may have an effect: capital, leverage and other regulatory rules applicable to past, current and future periods; UK, US, Eurozone and global macroeconomic and business conditions; volatility in credit and capital markets; market related risks such as changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates; changes in valuation of credit market exposures; changes in valuation of issued securities; changes in credit ratings of any entity within the Group or any securities issued by such entities; changes in counterparty risk; changes in consumer behaviour; the direct and indirect consequences of the Russia-Ukraine War on European and global macroeconomic conditions, political stability and financial markets; direct and indirect impacts of the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic; instability as a result of the UK’s exit from the European Union (EU), the effects of the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement and the disruption that may subsequently result in the UK and globally; the risk of cyber-attacks, information or security breaches or technology failures on the Group’s reputation, business or operations; the Group’s ability to access funding; and the success of acquisitions, disposals and other strategic transactions. A number of these influences and factors are beyond the Group’s control. As a result, the Group’s actual financial position, future results, capital distributions, capital, leverage or other regulatory ratios or other financial and non-financial metrics or performance measures or ability to meet commitments and targets may differ materially from the statements or guidance set forth in the Group’s forward-looking statements. Additional risks and factors which may impact the Group’s future financial condition and performance are identified in Barclays PLC’s filings with the SEC (including, without limitation, Barclays PLC’s Annual Report on Form 20-F, as amended for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 (the Annual Report 2021)), which are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Subject to Barclays’ obligations under the applicable laws and regulations of any relevant jurisdiction (including, without limitation, the UK and the US), in relation to disclosure and ongoing information, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Barclays delivered profit before tax of £3.7bn, return on equity (RoE) of 8.7% and return on tangible equity (RoTE) of 10.1%, with a half year dividend of 2.25p per share and intends to initiate a further share buyback of up to £500m
Key financial metrics:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Income | Cost: income ratio | Profit before tax | Attributable Profit | RoE | RoTE | EPS | CET1 ratio | NAV per share | TNAV per share | Total capital return |
H122 | £13.2bn | 69% | £3.7bn | £2.5bn | 8.7% | 10.1% | 14.8p | 13.6% | 346p | 297p | c.5.25p equivalent |
Q222 | £6.7bn | 75% | £1.5bn | £1.1bn | 7.5% | 8.7% | 6.4p |
H122 performance2:
•Attributable profit was £2.5bn (H121: £3.8bn), RoE was 8.7% (H121: 13.8%) and RoTE was 10.1% (H121: 16.1%) having reflected a £0.6bn net of tax impact for the Over-issuance of Securities in the US (Over-issuance of Securities3). Excluding this impact, RoTE was 12.5%
–On a statutory basis, including the impacts of Over-issuance of Securities:
–Group income was £13.2bn, up 17% year-on-year, including the £0.8bn of income from hedging arrangements related to the Over-issuance of Securities
–Credit impairment charges were £0.3bn (H121: £0.7bn net release) with provision levels broadly retained in light of an uncertain macroeconomic backdrop
–Group costs were £9.1bn (H121: £7.3bn), including litigation and conduct charges of £1.9bn (H121: £0.2bn), including £1.5bn estimated impact of rescission offer losses in relation to the Over-Issuance of Securities and associated estimated monetary penalty from the SEC
–£0.6bn impact of Over-issuance of Securities is comprised of:
–£0.4bn post tax expected net impact of the rescission offer losses, driven by £1.3bn of costs as a result of market movements and interest, substantially offset by £0.8bn of income from hedging arrangements
–£0.2bn of costs relating to an estimated monetary penalty from the SEC
–Excluding the impact of Over-issuance of Securities:
–Group income was £12.4bn, up 10% year-on-year, driven by strong client activity in Markets, recovery in both Consumer, Cards and Payments (CC&P) and Barclays UK more than offsetting the impact of a weak fee pool in Investment Banking
–Group costs were £7.7bn (H121: £7.2bn) including other litigation and conduct charges of £0.4bn (H121: £0.1bn), with operating costs (excluding litigation and conduct) up 2% year-on-year
•Capital: Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of 13.6% (December 2021: 15.1% and March 2022: 13.8%), net asset value (NAV) per share of 346p (December 2021: 339p and March 2022: 342p) and tangible net asset value (TNAV) per share of 297p (December 2021: 291p and March 2022: 294p)
•Increased capital distributions: total capital return equivalent of c.5.25p per share, including a half year dividend of 2.25p per share. Intend to initiate a further share buyback of up to £0.5bn, which is expected to have a c.15bps CET1 ratio impact
1Excluding the Q222 income benefit of £0.8bn from hedging arrangements related to the Over-issuance of Securities, Group income was up 10% to £12.4bn.
22021 financial and capital metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 3Denotes the Over-issuance of Securities under Barclays Bank PLC’s US shelf registration statements on Form F-3 filed with the SEC in 2018 and 2019.
Outlook:
•Returns: Barclays continues to target a RoTE of greater than 10% in 2022
•Income: Barclays’ diversified income streams position the Group well for the current economic and market environment and rising interest rates
•Costs: given £1.3bn of litigation and conduct charges in Q222 and the appreciation of average USD against GBP, Barclays now expects FY22 total operating expenses to be around £16.7bn1 versus previous outlook of £15.0bn2]
•Impairment: while acknowledging macroeconomic uncertainty, the impairment charge is expected to remain below pre-pandemic levels in coming quarters given reduced unsecured lending balances and existing coverage ratios
•Capital: Barclays continues to target a CET1 ratio within the range of 13-14%
•Capital returns: Barclays' capital distribution policy incorporates a progressive ordinary dividend, supplemented with buybacks as appropriate. Dividends will continue to be paid semi-annually, with the half year dividend expected to represent, under normal circumstances, around one-third of the total dividend for the year
1Group cost outlook is based on an average USD/GBP FX rate of 1.23 across H222 and subject to foreign currency movements.
2Previous FY22 Group cost outlook was based on an average USD/GBP FX rate of 1.31 throughout 2022.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays Group results for the half year ended | | | |
30.06.22 | Restated1 30.06.21 | |
| £m | £m | % Change |
Net interest income | 4,763 | 3,903 | 22 |
Net fee, commission and other income | 8,441 | 7,412 | 14 |
Total income | 13,204 | 11,315 | 17 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (341) | 742 | |
Net operating income | 12,863 | 12,057 | 7 |
Operating costs | (7,270) | (7,132) | (2) |
Litigation and conduct | (1,857) | (176) | |
Total operating expenses | (9,127) | (7,308) | (25) |
Other net (expenses)/ income | (3) | 153 | |
Profit before tax | 3,733 | 4,902 | (24) |
Tax charge | (823) | (742) | (11) |
Profit after tax | 2,910 | 4,160 | (30) |
Non-controlling interests | (21) | (19) | (11) |
Other equity instrument holders | (414) | (389) | (6) |
Attributable profit | 2,475 | 3,752 | (34) |
| | | |
Performance measures | | | |
Return on average shareholders' equity | 8.7% | 13.8% | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 10.1% | 16.1% | |
Average shareholders' equity (£bn) | 57.0 | 54.4 | |
Average tangible shareholders' equity (£bn) | 48.9 | 46.5 | |
Cost: income ratio | 69% | 65% | |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 17 | — | |
Basic earnings per share | 14.8p | 21.9p | |
Dividend per share | 2.25p | 2.0p | |
Share buyback announced (£m) | 500 | 500 | |
Total payout equivalent per share | c.5.25p | 4.9p | |
Basic weighted average number of shares (m) | 16,684 | 17,140 | (3) |
Period end number of shares (m) | 16,531 | 16,998 | (3) |
| | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | Restated1 As at 31.12.21 | Restated1 As at 30.06.21 |
Balance sheet and capital management2 | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 395.8 | 361.5 | 348.5 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost impairment coverage ratio | 1.4% | 1.6% | 1.8% |
Total assets | 1,589.2 | 1,384.3 | 1,376.3 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 568.7 | 519.4 | 500.9 |
Net asset value per share | 346p | 339p | 328p |
Tangible net asset value per share | 297p | 291p | 280p |
Common equity tier 1 ratio | 13.6% | 15.1% | 15.0% |
Common equity tier 1 capital | 46.7 | 47.3 | 46.2 |
Risk weighted assets | 344.5 | 314.1 | 307.4 |
UK leverage ratio | 5.1% | 5.2% | 5.0% |
UK leverage exposure | 1,151.2 | 1,137.9 | 1,154.9 |
Average UK leverage ratio | 4.7% | 4.9% | 4.8% |
Average UK leverage exposure | 1,233.5 | 1,229.0 | 1,192.7 |
| | | |
Funding and liquidity | | | |
Group liquidity pool (£bn) | 343 | 291 | 291 |
Liquidity coverage ratio | 156% | 168% | 162% |
Loan: deposit ratio | 70% | 70% | 70% |
12021 financial and capital metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 2Refer to pages 58 to 65 for further information on how capital, Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs) and leverage are calculated.
| | |
Group Finance Director's Review |
Group performance1, 2
•Barclays' diversified model delivered a profit before tax of £3,733m (H121: £4,902m), RoE of 8.7% (H121: 13.8%), RoTE of 10.1% (H121: 16.1%), and earnings per share (EPS) of 14.8p (H121: 21.9p)
•Total income increased to £13,204m (H121: £11,315m). Barclays UK income increased 5%. Barclays International income increased 21%, with CIB income up 21% and CC&P income up 20%. Excluding the income benefit of £758m from hedging arrangements related to the Over-issuance of Securities, total Group income was £12,446m, up 10% year-on-year, Barclays International income was £9,182m, up 12% year-on-year and CIB income was £7,213m, up 10% year-on-year
•Credit impairment charges were £341m (H121: £742m net release) reflecting low flows to delinquency and an improved UK employment outlook, partially offset by a day one charge relating to the acquisition of the GAP Inc. US credit card portfolio (the GAP portfolio). Expert judgement post-model adjustments have been maintained to incorporate customer affordability and inflationary headwinds
•Total operating expenses increased to £9,127m (H121: £7,308m). Operating costs increased 2% to £7,270m, reflecting continued investment and business growth, the impact of inflation and the appreciation of average USD against GBP, partially offset by efficiency savings and the non-recurrence of structural cost actions, primarily relating to the real estate review in June 2021. Litigation and conduct charges were £1,857m (H121: £176m) including £1,304m estimated impact of rescission offer losses in relation to the Over-Issuance of Securities and £165m associated estimated monetary penalty from the SEC, £181m of customer remediation costs relating to a legacy loan portfolio in CC&P and £165m related to settlements in principle in respect of industry-wide devices investigations by the SEC and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC)3. This resulted in a cost: income ratio of 69% (H121: 65%)
•The effective tax rate (ETR) was 22.0% (H121: 15.1%). The tax charge included a £346m charge recognised for the re-measurement of the Group’s UK deferred tax assets (DTAs) due to the enactment of legislation in Q122 which will result in the UK banking surcharge rate being reduced from 8% to 3% effective from 1 April 2023. The ETR excluding the impact of this downward re-measurement of UK DTAs was 12.8% which included a 5.8% benefit relating to adjustments in respect of prior years
•Attributable profit was £2,475m (H121: £3,752m) including the net impact of the Over-issuance of Securities net of tax, of £581m, of which £341m was in Q222
•Total assets increased to £1,589bn (December 2021: £1,384bn) primarily due to an increase in client and trading activity, and growth in the liquidity pool
•NAV per share was 346p (December 2021: 339p). TNAV per share increased to 297p (December 2021: 291p) primarily reflecting 14.8p of EPS, partially offset by net negative reserve movements driven by higher interest rates
Group capital and leverage1
•The CET1 ratio decreased by c.150bps to 13.6% (December 2021: 15.1%) as capital decreased by £0.6bn to £46.7bn and RWAs increased by £30.4bn to £344.5bn
–c.80bps reduction to the CET1 ratio due to the expected impact of regulatory change on 1 January 2022 as CET1 capital decreased £1.7bn and RWAs increased £6.6bn
–c.30bps reduction due to the £1bn buyback announced with FY21 results, which is well progressed
–c.40bps reduction due to the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. c.20bps due to the £0.6bn net of tax impact reducing CET1 capital and c.20bps due to a £4.5bn temporary increase in RWAs reflecting the hedging arrangements designed to manage the risk of the rescission offer. The hedging related RWAs are expected to reverse after the rescission offer is completed in Q322
–Excluding the impacts above, an increase in CET1 capital of £2.7bn was offset by a £19.3bn increase in RWAs:
–The £2.7bn increase in CET1 capital reflects profits and an increase in the currency translation reserve, offset by an accrual toward a FY22 dividend, equity coupons paid, and a decrease in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
–The £19.3bn increase in RWAs was primarily due to the appreciation of USD against GBP, increased client activity within CIB and higher CC&P balances mainly driven by the GAP portfolio acquisition. This was marginally offset by the partial disposal of Barclays' equity stake in Absa Group Limited (Absa) in April 2022
•The UK leverage ratio decreased to 5.1% (December 2021: 5.2%) primarily due to an increase in the leverage exposure of £13.3bn to £1,151.2bn
12021 financial and capital metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 2The 6% appreciation of average USD against GBP positively impacted income and profits and adversely impacted credit impairment charges and total operating expenses.
3See 'Other matters' on page 10 for further details.
| | |
Group Finance Director's Review |
Group funding and liquidity
•The liquidity pool was £343bn (December 2021: £291bn) and the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) remained significantly above the 100% regulatory requirement at 156% (December 2021: 168%), equivalent to a surplus of £119bn (December 2021: £116bn). The increase in the liquidity pool was driven by deposit growth and an increase in wholesale funding, which were partly offset by an increase in business funding consumption
•Wholesale funding outstanding, excluding repurchase agreements, was £181.5bn (December 2021: £167.5bn). The Group issued £3.5bn equivalent of minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) instruments from Barclays PLC (the Parent company) in the year to date. The Group has a strong MREL position with a ratio of 30.9% of RWAs which is in excess of its regulatory requirement of 28.5%, excluding the confidential institution specific PRA buffer. The Group remains above its MREL regulatory requirement including the PRA buffer
Other matters
•Over-issuance of Securities: since 31 March 2022, the following developments should be noted with respect to the Over-issuance of Securities:
–On 23 May 2022, Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC filed amendments to their respective Annual Reports on Form 20-F to, among other matters, restate the financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2021 to reflect certain impacts of the Over-issuance of Securities
–On 23 May 2022, Barclays Bank PLC filed a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 with the SEC, which was automatically effective and under which an unlimited amount of securities may be registered, on the basis that Barclays Bank PLC is a “well-known seasoned issuer” (the “2022 F-3”). Barclays PLC also has an automatic shelf registration statement on Form F-3 filed with the SEC on 1 March 2021
–On 1 August 2022, Barclays Bank PLC intends to launch an offer to rescind the purchase of securities that were issued in excess of Barclays Bank PLC’s shelf registration statement on Form F-3 declared effective by the SEC in 2019 (2019 F-3) and the predecessor US shelf registration statement filed in 2018 (Predecessor Shelf) by certain purchasers who purchased such securities in a distribution from Barclays Bank PLC during certain relevant periods (the rescission offer)
–Following the launch of the rescission offer, Barclays Bank PLC is expected to resume issuances and sales of series of iPath ETNs that were not affected by the rescission offer. Barclays Bank PLC further expects to resume issuances and sales of the remaining series of iPath ETNs when the rescission offer has been completed and settlement of the rescission offer with respect to the relevant series has occurred
–Barclays has recognised a H122 attributable profit impact of £581m relating to this matter net of tax, including a £1,304m charge recognised in costs, substantially offset by hedging arrangements which generated income of £758m, as well as an estimated monetary penalty from the SEC of £165m
–The total balance sheet provision as at 30 June 2022 was £1,757m, of which: £1,592m relates to the estimated rescission offer losses and £165m relates to an estimated SEC monetary penalty. Barclays also expects temporary RWAs of £4.5bn, which translates to a c.20bps reduction in the CET1 ratio, from the hedging arrangements to reverse after the rescission offer has been completed in Q322
–Barclays also expects the Review (see pages 29-30 for more detail), assisted by external counsel, of the facts and circumstances related to this matter to conclude shortly and will continue to engage with regulators
•SEC and CFTC devices investigation: in July 2022, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) reached an agreement in principle with the staff of the SEC's Division of Enforcement and the staff of CFTC in connection with investigations by the SEC and the CFTC of Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions as part of a financial industry sweep regarding compliance with record-keeping obligations in connection with business-related communications sent over unapproved electronic messaging platforms (the Devices Settlements In Principle). The SEC and the CFTC found that Barclays Bank PLC and BCI failed to comply with their respective record keeping and supervisory obligations, where such communications were sent or received by employees over electronic messaging channels that had not been approved by the bank for business use by employees. The proposed resolution with the SEC and the CFTC will include Barclays Bank PLC and BCI paying a combined $125m civil monetary penalty to the SEC and a $75m civil monetary penalty to the CFTC. Subject to final agreement of the terms of the settlements and related documentation, as well as the SEC's and CFTC's approval, the civil monetary penalties are expected to be paid during the third quarter of 2022
•GAP portfolio acquisition: on 21 June 2022, Barclays completed the acquisition of a US credit card portfolio of $3.3bn of receivables, in partnership with GAP Inc. The acquisition reduced the Group CET1 ratio by approximately 15bps. The partnership broadens Barclays product offering in the retail sector and store cards, advancing our strategy and growth ambitions in the United States
•Kensington Mortgage Company acquisition: on 24 June 2022 Barclays PLC announced that Barclays Bank UK PLC has agreed to acquire UK specialist mortgage lender Kensington Mortgage Company Limited, thereby broadening Barclays' capabilities and product offering in the UK mortgage market. The transaction is subject to regulatory approval and is expected to complete in late Q422 or early Q123
| | |
Group Finance Director's Review |
Other matters (continued)
•Legacy Loan Portfolio: a customer remediation provision of £181m was recognised in Q122 in relation to a legacy timeshare loan portfolio brokered by Azure Services Limited (ASL). The provision represents the best estimate as at 30 June 2022. Barclays continues to review complaints regarding legacy partner finance loans, however it is not currently possible to predict the outcome of this review
•Absa sale: on 21 April 2022, Barclays sold 63m ordinary shares in Absa (7.4% of Absa’s issued share capital) at a price of ZAR 164.0 per share, raising aggregate gross sale proceeds of ZAR 10.3bn (£516m1)
•Pensions: during 2019 and 2020, the UK Retirement Fund (UKRF), the Group’s main pension scheme, subscribed for non-transferable listed senior fixed rate notes for £1.25bn. Following the PRA's statement on 13 April 2022, Barclays is planning to unwind these transactions, which would result in a c.30bps reduction to the CET1 ratio, being accelerated to Q422 from 2023, 2024 and 2025. For more details, see note 16 on page 89
Capital distributions
•Barclays is committed to maintaining an appropriate balance between delivering attractive total cash returns to shareholders, investment in the business and maintaining a strong capital position. Barclays pays a progressive ordinary dividend, taking into account these objectives and the earnings outlook of the Group. The Board will also continue to supplement the ordinary dividends as appropriate, including with share buybacks
•Announced a half year dividend of 2.25p per share and intention to initiate a further share buyback of up to £500m
•Dividends will continue to be paid semi-annually, with the half year dividend expected to represent, under normal circumstances, around one-third of the total dividend for the year
•The £1.0bn buyback programme announced in FY21 results is expected to complete before the end of September 2022
Group targets
Barclays continues to target the following over the medium term:
•Returns: RoTE of greater than 10%
•Cost efficiency: cost: income ratio below 60%
•Capital adequacy: CET1 ratio in the range of 13-14%
Anna Cross, Group Finance Director
1Exchange rate GBP/ZAR 20.04 as of 21 April 2022.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays UK | Half year ended | Half year ended | |
| 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change |
Net interest income | 2,732 | 2,586 | 6 |
Net fee, commission and other income | 641 | 613 | 5 |
Total income | 3,373 | 3,199 | 5 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (48) | 443 | |
Net operating income | 3,325 | 3,642 | (9) |
Operating costs | (2,083) | (2,114) | 1 |
Litigation and conduct | (25) | (22) | (14) |
Total operating expenses | (2,108) | (2,136) | 1 |
Other net income | — | — | |
Profit before tax | 1,217 | 1,506 | (19) |
Attributable profit | 854 | 1,019 | (16) |
| | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 | As at 30.06.21 |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 205.9 | 208.8 | 207.8 |
Total assets | 318.8 | 321.2 | 311.2 |
Customer deposits at amortised cost | 261.5 | 260.6 | 255.5 |
Loan: deposit ratio | 85% | 85% | 87% |
Risk weighted assets | 72.2 | 72.3 | 72.2 |
| | | |
| | | |
| Half year ended | Half year ended | |
Key facts | 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Average loan to value of mortgage portfolio1 | 51% | 51% | |
Average loan to value of new mortgage lending1 | 69% | 69% | |
Number of branches | 593 | 755 | |
Mobile banking active customers | 10.1m | 9.4m | |
30 day arrears rate - Barclaycard Consumer UK | 1.0% | 1.4% | |
| | | |
Performance measures | | | |
Return on average allocated equity | 12.6% | 15.1% | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 17.0% | 20.6% | |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 13.6 | 13.5 | |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 10.0 | 9.9 | |
Cost: income ratio | 62% | 67% | |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 4 | — | |
Net interest margin | 2.67% | 2.54% | |
1Average loan to value of mortgages is balance weighted and reflects both residential and buy-to-let mortgage portfolios within the Home Loans portfolio.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of Barclays UK | Half year ended | Half year ended | |
30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | % Change |
Personal Banking | 2,099 | 1,910 | 10 |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | 541 | 605 | (11) |
Business Banking | 733 | 684 | 7 |
Total income | 3,373 | 3,199 | 5 |
| | | |
Analysis of credit impairment (charges)/releases | | | |
Personal Banking | (21) | 50 | |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | 40 | 398 | (90) |
Business Banking | (67) | (5) | |
Total credit impairment (charges)/releases | (48) | 443 | |
| | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 | As at 30.06.21 |
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Personal Banking | 167.1 | 165.4 | 162.4 |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | 8.8 | 8.7 | 8.8 |
Business Banking | 30.0 | 34.7 | 36.6 |
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 205.9 | 208.8 | 207.8 |
| | | |
Analysis of customer deposits at amortised cost | | | |
Personal Banking | 197.0 | 196.4 | 191.0 |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | — | — | 0.1 |
Business Banking | 64.5 | 64.2 | 64.4 |
Total customer deposits at amortised cost | 261.5 | 260.6 | 255.5 |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
Barclays UK delivered a RoE of 12.6% (H121: 15.1%), a RoTE of 17.0% (H121: 20.6%), and a lower cost: income ratio of 62% (H121: 67%), reflecting improved income performance across Personal Banking and Business Banking, alongside reduced total operating expenses, while impairment returned to a charge following a net release in H121. Barclays UK remains well positioned, with a strong focus on supporting customers in an increasingly difficult and uncertain environment.
Income statement - H122 compared to H121
•Profit before tax decreased to £1,217m (H121: £1,506m). RoE was 12.6% (H121: 15.1%) and RoTE was 17.0% (H121: 20.6%) reflecting the non-recurrence of a prior year credit impairment release, partially offset by the rising rate environment in the UK
•Total income increased 5% to £3,373m. Net interest income increased 6% to £2,732m with a net interest margin (NIM) of 2.67% (H121: 2.54%) primarily driven by the rising interest rate environment in the UK. Net fee, commission and other income increased 5% to £641m
–Personal Banking income increased 10% to £2,099m, driven by rising interest rates and the benefit of strong mortgage origination in 2021, partially offset by mortgage margin compression
–Barclaycard Consumer UK income decreased 11% to £541m as higher transaction based revenues from improved customer spend volumes were more than offset by lower interest earning lending (IEL) balances. Lower IEL balances were impacted by higher customer repayments and reduced borrowing
–Business Banking income increased 7% to £733m driven by rising interest rates alongside improved transaction based revenues, partially offset by lower government scheme lending income as repayments continue
•Credit impairment charge of £48m (H121: £443m net release) driven by low flows to delinquency, improved UK employment data and reduced uncertainty around the possible effects of COVID-19, offset by increased concerns around customers' vulnerability to high inflation. As at 30 June 2022, 30 and 90 day arrears rates in UK cards were 1.0% (H121: 1.4%) and 0.2% (H121: 0.6%) respectively. The credit card and consumer loan businesses maintain appropriate provision levels in light of affordability headwinds, as reflected in a total coverage ratio of 9.2% (December 2021: 10.9%)
•Total operating expenses decreased 1% to £2,108m driven by lower operational costs and efficiency savings, partially offset by increased investment spend and the impact of inflation
Balance sheet - 30 June 2022 compared to 31 December 2021
•Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost decreased 1% to £205.9bn as £1.5bn of mortgage growth was more than offset by a £4.7bn decrease in Business Banking balances due to the repayment of government scheme lending and the yield curve impact from rising interest rates on the Education, Social Housing and Local Authority portfolio carrying value
•Customer deposits at amortised cost remained broadly stable at £261.5bn, maintaining a strong loan: deposit ratio of 85% (December 2021: 85%)
•RWAs remained stable at £72.2bn (December 2021: £72.3bn)
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays International | Half year ended | Restated1 Half year ended | |
| 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change |
Net interest income | 1,965 | 1,559 | 26 |
Net trading income | 5,212 | 3,389 | 54 |
Net fee, commission and other income | 2,763 | 3,270 | (16) |
Total income | 9,940 | 8,218 | 21 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (310) | 293 | |
Net operating income | 9,630 | 8,511 | 13 |
Operating costs | (5,042) | (4,606) | (9) |
Litigation and conduct | (1,832) | (161) | |
Total operating expenses | (6,874) | (4,767) | (44) |
Other net income | 13 | 22 | (41) |
Profit before tax | 2,769 | 3,766 | (26) |
Attributable profit | 2,083 | 2,638 | (21) |
| | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 | As at 30.06.21 |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 167.3 | 133.8 | 121.9 |
Trading portfolio assets | 126.9 | 146.9 | 147.1 |
Derivative financial instrument assets | 343.5 | 261.5 | 255.4 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 209.3 | 188.2 | 190.4 |
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 128.5 | 88.1 | 108.5 |
Other assets | 275.1 | 225.6 | 223.5 |
Total assets | 1,250.6 | 1,044.1 | 1,046.8 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 307.4 | 258.8 | 245.4 |
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | 321.2 | 256.4 | 246.9 |
Loan: deposit ratio | 54% | 52% | 50% |
Risk weighted assets | 263.8 | 230.9 | 223.2 |
| | | |
| | | |
| Half year ended | Restated1 Half year ended | |
Performance measures | 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Return on average allocated equity | 11.2% | 16.0% | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 11.5% | 16.3% | |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 37.1 | 32.9 | |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 36.2 | 32.3 | |
Cost: income ratio | 69% | 58% | |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 37 | — | |
Net interest margin | 4.34% | 3.95% | |
12021 financial and capital metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of Barclays International | | | |
Corporate and Investment Bank | Half year ended | Restated1 Half year ended | |
| 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change |
Net interest income | 795 | 640 | 24 |
Net trading income | 5,188 | 3,411 | 52 |
Net fee, commission and other income | 1,988 | 2,522 | (21) |
Total income | 7,971 | 6,573 | 21 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (32) | 272 | |
Net operating income | 7,939 | 6,845 | 16 |
Operating costs | (3,791) | (3,509) | (8) |
Litigation and conduct | (1,632) | (79) | |
Total operating expenses | (5,423) | (3,588) | (51) |
Other net income | — | 1 | |
Profit before tax | 2,516 | 3,258 | (23) |
Attributable profit | 1,895 | 2,252 | (16) |
| | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 | As at 30.06.21 |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 125.8 | 100.0 | 91.0 |
Trading portfolio assets | 126.7 | 146.7 | 147.0 |
Derivative financial instrument assets | 343.4 | 261.5 | 255.3 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 209.2 | 188.1 | 190.3 |
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 127.7 | 87.2 | 107.7 |
Other assets | 237.2 | 195.8 | 192.5 |
Total assets | 1,170.0 | 979.3 | 983.8 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 229.5 | 189.4 | 178.2 |
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | 321.2 | 256.4 | 246.8 |
Risk weighted assets | 227.6 | 200.7 | 194.3 |
| | | |
| Half year ended | Restated1 Half year ended | |
Performance measures | 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Return on average allocated equity | 11.9% | 15.9% | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 11.9% | 15.9% | |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 31.8 | 28.3 | |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 31.8 | 28.3 | |
Cost: income ratio | 68% | 55% | |
| | | |
| | | |
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | % Change |
FICC | 3,173 | 2,099 | 51 |
Equities | 2,463 | 1,709 | 44 |
Global Markets | 5,636 | 3,808 | 48 |
Advisory | 421 | 381 | 10 |
Equity capital markets | 84 | 469 | (82) |
Debt capital markets | 697 | 882 | (21) |
Investment Banking fees | 1,202 | 1,732 | (31) |
Corporate lending | 78 | 244 | (68) |
Transaction banking | 1,055 | 789 | 34 |
Corporate | 1,133 | 1,033 | 10 |
| | | |
Total income | 7,971 | 6,573 | 21 |
12021 financial and capital metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of Barclays International | | | |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | Half year ended | Half year ended | |
| 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change |
Net interest income | 1,170 | 919 | 27 |
Net fee, commission, trading and other income | 799 | 726 | 10 |
Total income | 1,969 | 1,645 | 20 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (278) | 21 | |
Net operating income | 1,691 | 1,666 | 2 |
Operating costs | (1,251) | (1,097) | (14) |
Litigation and conduct | (200) | (82) | |
Total operating expenses | (1,451) | (1,179) | (23) |
Other net income | 13 | 21 | (38) |
Profit before tax | 253 | 508 | (50) |
Attributable profit | 188 | 386 | (51) |
| | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 | As at 30.06.21 |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 41.5 | 33.8 | 30.9 |
Total assets | 80.6 | 64.8 | 63.0 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 77.9 | 69.4 | 67.2 |
Risk weighted assets | 36.2 | 30.2 | 29.0 |
| | | |
| Half year ended | Half year ended | |
Key facts | 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
30 day arrears rate – Barclaycard US | 1.4% | 1.6% | |
US cards customer FICO score distribution | | | |
<660 | 10% | 10% | |
>660 | 90% | 90% | |
Total number of Barclaycard payments clients | c.391,000 | c.372,000 | |
Value of payments processed (£bn)1 | 190 | 160 | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
Performance measures | | | |
Return on average allocated equity | 7.1% | 16.8% | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 8.5% | 19.1% | |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 5.3 | 4.6 | |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 4.4 | 4.0 | |
Cost: income ratio | 74% | 72% | |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 128 | — | |
| | | |
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | % Change |
International Cards and Consumer Bank | 1,229 | 1,050 | 17 |
Private Bank | 459 | 393 | 17 |
Payments | 281 | 202 | 39 |
Total income | 1,969 | 1,645 | 20 |
1Includes £145bn (H121: £129bn) of merchant acquiring payments.
Barclays International delivered a RoE of 11.2% and a RoTE of 11.5% reflecting the benefits of being a diversified business. CIB delivered a RoE of 11.9% and a RoTE of 11.9% reflecting a strong performance in FICC, partially offset by a decrease in Investment Banking fees, against a strong prior year comparative, and provisions for litigation and conduct. CC&P RoE was 7.1% and RoTE decreased to 8.5% as an increase in income was offset by a provision for higher customer remediation costs relating to a legacy loan portfolio and continued investment in the business.
Income statement - H122 compared to H1211
•Profit before tax decreased 26% to £2,769m with a RoE of 11.2% (H121: 16.0%) and a RoTE of 11.5% (H121: 16.3%), reflecting a RoE of 11.9% (H121: 15.9%) and a RoTE of 11.9% (H121: 15.9%) in CIB and RoE of 7.1% (H121: 16.8%) and a RoTE of 8.5% (H121: 19.1%) in CC&P
•The 6% appreciation of average USD against GBP positively impacted income and profits and adversely impacted impairment charges and total operating expenses
•Total income increased to £9,940m (H121: £8,218m)
–CIB income increased 21% to £7,971m reflecting the benefit of a diversified business model and impact of hedging arrangements
–Global Markets income increased 48% to £5,636m. FICC income increased 51% to £3,173m, mainly in macro, reflecting higher levels of activity as we supported our clients through a period of market volatility. Equities income increased £754m to £2,463m including £758m of income related to hedging arrangements in relation to managing the risks from the rescission offer to be launched by Barclays Bank PLC in relation to the Over-issuance of Securities
–Investment Banking fees income decreased 31% to £1,202m due to the reduced fee pool, particularly in Equity capital markets2, and a strong prior year comparative
–Within Corporate, Transaction banking income increased 34% to £1,055m driven by deposit balance growth, improved margins and higher payments volumes. Corporate lending income decreased 68% to £78m due to losses on certain fair value lending positions and higher costs of hedging and credit protection, partially offset by the non-recurrence of a prior year fair value loan write-off on a single name
–CC&P income increased 20% to £1,969m
–International Cards and Consumer Bank income increased 17% to £1,229m as higher average cards balances were partially offset by higher customer acquisition costs
–Private Bank income increased 17% to £459m, reflecting client balance growth and improved margins partially offset by the non-recurrence of a gain on a property sale in the prior year
–Payments income increased 39% to £281m driven by turnover growth following the easing of lockdown restrictions in the past year
•Credit impairment charges were £310m (H121: £293m net release)
–CIB credit impairment charge of £32m (H121: £272m net release) was driven by a net increase in modelled impairment whilst there continue to be limited material single name wholesale loan charges, with the prior year including a net release resulting from an improved macroeconomic outlook scenario refresh
–CC&P credit impairment charges increased to £278m (H121: £21m net release) driven by higher balances in US cards, including the day one impact of acquiring the GAP portfolio, partially offset by lower provisions held for uncertainty. As at 30 June 2022, 30 and 90 day arrears in US cards were 1.4% (H121: 1.6%) and 0.7% (H121: 0.9%) respectively. The US cards business continues to maintain appropriate provision levels in light of affordability headwinds
•Total operating expenses increased 44% to £6,874m
–CIB total operating expenses increased 51% to £5,423m. Operating costs increased 8% to £3,791m driven by investment in talent, systems and technology, and the impact of inflation. Litigation and conduct charges were £1,632m (H121: £79m) including £1,304m estimated impact of rescission offer losses in relation to the Over-Issuance of Securities and £165m associated estimated monetary penalty from the SEC, and £165m provision relating to the Devices Settlements in Principle
–CC&P total operating expenses increased 23% to £1,451m primarily driven by £200m of litigation and conduct costs, including a provision for higher customer remediation costs relating to a legacy loan portfolio. Operating costs increased 14% driven by higher investment spend reflecting an increase in marketing and costs for existing and new partnerships
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 2Data source: Dealogic for the period covering 1 January to 30 June 2022.
Balance sheet - 30 June 2022 compared to 31 December 2021
•Loans and advances at amortised cost increased £33.5bn to £167.3bn due to increased lending across CIB and CC&P, inclusive of the £2.7bn GAP portfolio acquisition and appreciation of USD against GBP, and increased investment in debt securities
•Trading portfolio assets decreased £20.0bn to £126.9bn due to a reduction in equity securities driven by facilitation of client activity, partially offset by increased trading activity in debt securities
•Derivative assets and liabilities increased £82.0bn and £64.8bn respectively to £343.5bn and £321.2bn driven by market volatility and increased activity in FICC and Equities
•Financial assets at fair value through the income statement increased £21.1bn to £209.3bn driven by increased secured lending
•Deposits at amortised cost increased £48.6bn to £307.4bn primarily due to an increase in short-term money market deposits and growth in Corporate deposits
•RWAs increased to £263.8bn (December 2021: £230.9bn) resulting from the impact of the appreciation of USD against GBP, regulatory changes that took effect from 1 January 2022, increased client activity within CIB, an increase in respect of hedging arrangements designed to manage the risks of the rescission offer relating to the Over-issuance of Securities and higher CC&P balances driven mainly by the GAP portfolio acquisition
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Head Office | Half year ended | Half year ended | |
| 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Income statement information | £m | £m | % Change |
Net interest income | 66 | (242) | |
Net fee, commission and other income | (175) | 140 | |
Total income | (109) | (102) | (7) |
Credit impairment releases | 17 | 6 | |
Net operating income | (92) | (96) | 4 |
Operating costs | (145) | (412) | 65 |
Litigation and conduct | — | 7 | |
Total operating expenses | (145) | (405) | 64 |
Other net (expenses)/income | (16) | 131 | |
Loss before tax | (253) | (370) | 32 |
Attributable (loss)/profit | (462) | 95 | |
| | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | Restated1 As at 31.12.21 | Restated1 As at 30.06.21 |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Total assets | 19.8 | 19.0 | 18.3 |
Risk weighted assets¹ | 8.6 | 11.0 | 12.0 |
| | | |
| | | |
| Half year ended | Half year ended | |
Performance measures | 30.06.22 | 30.06.21 | |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 6.3 | 8.0 | |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 2.7 | 4.3 | |
Income statement - H122 compared to H121
•Loss before tax was £253m (H121: £370m)
•Total income was an expense of £109m (H121: £102m expense) which primarily reflected hedge accounting, funding costs on legacy capital instruments, treasury items as well as a £42m loss on sale from the partial disposal of Barclays’ equity stake in Absa in April 2022. This was partially offset by a one-off gain of £86m from the sale and leaseback of UK data centres and the recognition of dividends on Barclays’ equity stake in Absa
•Total operating expenses reduced to £145m (H121: £405m) reflecting the non-recurrence of the £266m charge related to structural cost actions taken as part of the real estate review in June 2021
•Other net income was an expense of £16m (H121: £131m income) driven by a fair value loss in Barclays associate investment holding in the Business Growth Fund
Balance sheet - 30 June 2022 compared to 31 December 2021
•RWAs reduced to £8.6bn (December 2021: £11.0bn) reflecting the partial sale of Barclays' equity stake in Absa in April 2022. The sale resulted in an increase to Barclays' CET1 ratio of c.10bps
12021 financial and capital metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays Group | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 | | | | |
Income statement information | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | | | | |
Net interest income | 2,422 | 2,341 | | 2,230 | 1,940 | 2,052 | 1,851 | | 1,845 | 2,055 | | | | |
Net fee, commission and other income | 4,286 | 4,155 | | 2,930 | 3,525 | 3,363 | 4,049 | | 3,096 | 3,149 | | | | |
Total income | 6,708 | 6,496 | | 5,160 | 5,465 | 5,415 | 5,900 | | 4,941 | 5,204 | | | | |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (200) | (141) | | 31 | (120) | 797 | (55) | | (492) | (608) | | | | |
Net operating income | 6,508 | 6,355 | | 5,191 | 5,345 | 6,212 | 5,845 | | 4,449 | 4,596 | | | | |
Operating costs | (3,682) | (3,588) | | (3,514) | (3,446) | (3,587) | (3,545) | | (3,480) | (3,391) | | | | |
UK bank levy | — | — | | (170) | — | — | — | | (299) | — | | | | |
Litigation and conduct | (1,334) | (523) | | (92) | (129) | (143) | (33) | | (47) | (76) | | | | |
Total operating expenses | (5,016) | (4,111) | | (3,776) | (3,575) | (3,730) | (3,578) | | (3,826) | (3,467) | | | | |
Other net income/(expenses) | 7 | (10) | | 13 | 94 | 21 | 132 | | 23 | 18 | | | | |
Profit before tax | 1,499 | 2,234 | | 1,428 | 1,864 | 2,503 | 2,399 | | 646 | 1,147 | | | | |
Tax charge | (209) | (614) | | (104) | (292) | (246) | (496) | | (163) | (328) | | | | |
Profit after tax | 1,290 | 1,620 | | 1,324 | 1,572 | 2,257 | 1,903 | | 483 | 819 | | | | |
Non-controlling interests | (20) | (1) | | (27) | (1) | (15) | (4) | | (37) | (4) | | | | |
Other equity instrument holders | (199) | (215) | | (218) | (197) | (194) | (195) | | (226) | (204) | | | | |
Attributable profit | 1,071 | 1,404 | | 1,079 | 1,374 | 2,048 | 1,704 | | 220 | 611 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Performance measures | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average shareholders' equity | 7.5% | 9.9% | | 7.7% | 9.7% | 15.1% | 12.5% | | 1.6% | 4.3% | | | | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 8.7% | 11.5% | | 9.0% | 11.4% | 17.6% | 14.7% | | 1.8% | 5.1% | | | | |
Average shareholders' equity | 57.1 | 56.9 | | 56.2 | 56.5 | 54.4 | 54.4 | | 55.7 | 56.4 | | | | |
Average tangible shareholders' equity (£bn) | 49.0 | 48.8 | | 48.0 | 48.3 | 46.5 | 46.5 | | 47.6 | 48.3 | | | | |
Cost: income ratio | 75% | 63% | | 73% | 65% | 69% | 61% | | 77% | 67% | | | | |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 20 | 15 | | — | 13 | — | 6 | | 56 | 69 | | | | |
Basic earnings per share | 6.4p | 8.4p | | 6.4p | 8.0p | 11.9p | 9.9p | | 1.3p | 3.5p | | | | |
Basic weighted average number of shares (m) | 16,684 | 16,682 | | 16,985 | 17,062 | 17,140 | 17,293 | | 17,300 | 17,298 | | | | |
Period end number of shares (m) | 16,531 | 16,762 | | 16,752 | 16,851 | 16,998 | 17,223 | | 17,359 | 17,353 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Balance sheet and capital management2 | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | | | | |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 395.8 | 371.7 | | 361.5 | 353.0 | 348.5 | 345.8 | | 342.6 | 344.4 | | | | |
Loans and advances at amortised cost impairment coverage ratio | 1.4% | 1.5% | | 1.6% | 1.7% | 1.8% | 2.2% | | 2.4% | 2.5% | | | | |
Total assets | 1,589.2 | 1,496.1 | | 1,384.3 | 1,406.5 | 1,376.3 | 1,379.7 | | 1,349.5 | 1,421.7 | | | | |
Deposits at amortised cost | 568.7 | 546.5 | | 519.4 | 510.2 | 500.9 | 498.8 | | 481.0 | 494.6 | | | | |
Net asset value per share | 346p | 342p | | 339p | 334p | 328p | 313p | | 315p | 322p | | | | |
Tangible net asset value per share | 297p | 294p | | 291p | 286p | 280p | 267p | | 269p | 275p | | | | |
Common equity tier 1 ratio | 13.6% | 13.8% | | 15.1% | 15.3% | 15.0% | 14.6% | | 15.1% | 14.6% | | | | |
Common equity tier 1 capital | 46.7 | 45.3 | | 47.3 | 47.2 | 46.2 | 45.9 | | 46.3 | 45.5 | | | | |
Risk weighted assets | 344.5 | 328.8 | | 314.1 | 307.7 | 307.4 | 313.4 | | 306.2 | 310.7 | | | | |
UK leverage ratio | 5.1% | 5.0% | | 5.2% | 5.1% | 5.0% | 5.0% | | 5.3% | 5.2% | | | | |
UK leverage exposure | 1,151.2 | 1,123.5 | | 1,137.9 | 1,162.7 | 1,154.9 | 1,145.4 | | 1,090.9 | 1,095.1 | | | | |
Average UK leverage ratio | 4.7% | 4.8% | | 4.9% | 4.9% | 4.8% | 4.9% | | 5.0% | 5.1% | | | | |
Average UK leverage exposure | 1,233.5 | 1,179.4 | | 1,229.0 | 1,201.1 | 1,192.7 | 1,174.9 | | 1,146.9 | 1,111.1 | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Funding and liquidity | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Group liquidity pool (£bn) | 343 | 320 | | 291 | 293 | 291 | 290 | | 266 | 327 | | | | |
Liquidity coverage ratio | 156% | 159% | | 168% | 161% | 162% | 161% | | 162% | 181% | | | | |
Loan: deposit ratio | 70% | 68% | | 70% | 69% | 70% | 69% | | 71% | 70% | | | | |
1The comparative capital and financial metrics relating to Q221 - Q421 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 2Refer to pages 58 to 65 for further information on how capital, RWAs and leverage are calculated.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays UK | | | | | | | | | | |
| Q222 | Q122 | | Q421 | Q321 | Q221 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Income statement information | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Net interest income | 1,393 | 1,339 | | 1,313 | 1,303 | 1,305 | 1,281 | | 1,317 | 1,280 |
Net fee, commission and other income | 331 | 310 | | 386 | 335 | 318 | 295 | | 309 | 270 |
Total income | 1,724 | 1,649 | | 1,699 | 1,638 | 1,623 | 1,576 | | 1,626 | 1,550 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | — | (48) | | 59 | (137) | 520 | (77) | | (170) | (233) |
Net operating income | 1,724 | 1,601 | | 1,758 | 1,501 | 2,143 | 1,499 | | 1,456 | 1,317 |
Operating costs | (1,085) | (998) | | (1,202) | (1,041) | (1,078) | (1,036) | | (1,134) | (1,095) |
UK bank levy | — | — | | (36) | — | — | — | | (50) | — |
Litigation and conduct | (16) | (9) | | (5) | (10) | (19) | (3) | | 4 | (25) |
Total operating expenses | (1,101) | (1,007) | | (1,243) | (1,051) | (1,097) | (1,039) | | (1,180) | (1,120) |
Other net (expenses)/income | — | — | | (1) | 1 | — | — | | 6 | (1) |
Profit before tax | 623 | 594 | | 514 | 451 | 1,046 | 460 | | 282 | 196 |
Attributable profit | 458 | 396 | | 420 | 317 | 721 | 298 | | 160 | 113 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 205.9 | 207.3 | | 208.8 | 208.6 | 207.8 | 205.7 | | 205.4 | 203.9 |
Total assets | 318.8 | 317.2 | | 321.2 | 312.1 | 311.2 | 309.1 | | 289.1 | 294.5 |
Customer deposits at amortised cost | 261.5 | 260.3 | | 260.6 | 256.8 | 255.5 | 247.5 | | 240.5 | 232.0 |
Loan: deposit ratio | 85% | 85% | | 85% | 86% | 87% | 88% | | 89% | 91% |
Risk weighted assets | 72.2 | 72.7 | | 72.3 | 73.2 | 72.2 | 72.7 | | 73.7 | 76.2 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Performance measures | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated equity | 13.5% | 11.6% | | 12.4% | 9.4% | 21.4% | 8.8% | | 4.8% | 3.3% |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 18.4% | 15.6% | | 16.8% | 12.7% | 29.1% | 12.0% | | 6.5% | 4.5% |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 13.6 | 13.7 | | 13.6 | 13.5 | 13.5 | 13.5 | | 13.4 | 13.7 |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 10.0 | 10.1 | | 10.0 | 10.0 | 9.9 | 9.9 | | 9.8 | 10.1 |
Cost: income ratio | 64% | 61% | | 73% | 64% | 68% | 66% | | 73% | 72% |
Loan loss rate (bps) | — | 9 | | — | 24 | — | 14 | | 31 | 43 |
Net interest margin | 2.71% | 2.62% | | 2.49% | 2.49% | 2.55% | 2.54% | | 2.56% | 2.51% |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of Barclays UK | Q222 | Q122 | | Q421 | Q321 | Q221 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Personal Banking | 1,077 | 1,022 | | 983 | 990 | 987 | 923 | | 895 | 833 |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | 265 | 276 | | 352 | 293 | 290 | 315 | | 354 | 362 |
Business Banking | 382 | 351 | | 364 | 355 | 346 | 338 | | 377 | 355 |
Total income | 1,724 | 1,649 | | 1,699 | 1,638 | 1,623 | 1,576 | | 1,626 | 1,550 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of credit impairment (charges)/releases | | | | | | | | | | |
Personal Banking | (42) | 21 | | 8 | (30) | 72 | (22) | | (68) | (48) |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | 84 | (44) | | 114 | (108) | 434 | (36) | | (78) | (106) |
Business Banking | (42) | (25) | | (63) | 1 | 14 | (19) | | (24) | (79) |
Total credit impairment (charges)/releases | — | (48) | | 59 | (137) | 520 | (77) | | (170) | (233) |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Personal Banking | 167.1 | 166.5 | | 165.4 | 164.6 | 162.4 | 160.4 | | 157.3 | 155.7 |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | 8.8 | 8.4 | | 8.7 | 8.6 | 8.8 | 8.7 | | 9.9 | 10.7 |
Business Banking | 30.0 | 32.4 | | 34.7 | 35.4 | 36.6 | 36.6 | | 38.2 | 37.5 |
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost | 205.9 | 207.3 | | 208.8 | 208.6 | 207.8 | 205.7 | | 205.4 | 203.9 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of customer deposits at amortised cost | | | | | | | | | | |
Personal Banking | 197.0 | 196.6 | | 196.4 | 193.3 | 191.0 | 186.0 | | 179.7 | 173.2 |
Barclaycard Consumer UK | — | — | | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 | | 0.1 | 0.1 |
Business Banking | 64.5 | 63.7 | | 64.2 | 63.5 | 64.4 | 61.4 | | 60.7 | 58.7 |
Total customer deposits at amortised cost | 261.5 | 260.3 | | 260.6 | 256.8 | 255.5 | 247.5 | | 240.5 | 232.0 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays International | | | | | | | | | | |
| Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Income statement information | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Net interest income | 1,029 | 936 | | 955 | 749 | 811 | 748 | | 614 | 823 |
Net trading income | 2,766 | 2,446 | | 789 | 1,515 | 1,455 | 1,934 | | 1,372 | 1,528 |
Net fee, commission and other income | 1,321 | 1,442 | | 1,766 | 1,673 | 1,553 | 1,717 | | 1,500 | 1,430 |
Total income | 5,116 | 4,824 | | 3,510 | 3,937 | 3,819 | 4,399 | | 3,486 | 3,781 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (209) | (101) | | (23) | 18 | 271 | 22 | | (291) | (370) |
Net operating income | 4,907 | 4,723 | | 3,487 | 3,955 | 4,090 | 4,421 | | 3,195 | 3,411 |
Operating costs | (2,537) | (2,505) | | (2,160) | (2,310) | (2,168) | (2,438) | | (2,133) | (2,227) |
UK bank levy | — | — | | (134) | — | — | — | | (240) | — |
Litigation and conduct | (1,319) | (513) | | (84) | (100) | (140) | (21) | | (9) | (28) |
Total operating expenses | (3,856) | (3,018) | | (2,378) | (2,410) | (2,308) | (2,459) | | (2,382) | (2,255) |
Other net income | 5 | 8 | | 3 | 15 | 13 | 9 | | 9 | 9 |
Profit before tax | 1,056 | 1,713 | | 1,112 | 1,560 | 1,795 | 1,971 | | 822 | 1,165 |
Attributable profit | 783 | 1,300 | | 818 | 1,191 | 1,207 | 1,431 | | 441 | 782 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 167.3 | 144.8 | | 133.8 | 125.9 | 121.9 | 123.5 | | 122.7 | 128.0 |
Trading portfolio assets | 126.9 | 134.1 | | 146.9 | 144.8 | 147.1 | 131.1 | | 127.7 | 122.3 |
Derivative financial instrument assets | 343.5 | 288.8 | | 261.5 | 257.0 | 255.4 | 269.4 | | 301.8 | 295.9 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 209.3 | 203.8 | | 188.2 | 200.5 | 190.4 | 197.5 | | 170.7 | 178.2 |
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 128.5 | 132.0 | | 88.1 | 115.9 | 108.5 | 109.7 | | 97.5 | 121.8 |
Other assets | 275.1 | 255.5 | | 225.6 | 231.8 | 223.5 | 221.7 | | 221.4 | 261.7 |
Total assets | 1,250.6 | 1,159.0 | | 1,044.1 | 1,075.9 | 1,046.8 | 1,052.9 | | 1,041.8 | 1,107.9 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 307.4 | 286.1 | | 258.8 | 253.3 | 245.4 | 251.2 | | 240.5 | 262.4 |
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | 321.2 | 277.2 | | 256.4 | 252.3 | 246.9 | 260.2 | | 300.4 | 293.3 |
Loan: deposit ratio | 54% | 51% | | 52% | 50% | 50% | 49% | | 51% | 49% |
Risk weighted assets | 263.8 | 245.1 | | 230.9 | 222.7 | 223.2 | 230.0 | | 222.3 | 224.7 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Performance measures | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated equity | 8.2% | 14.4% | | 9.7% | 14.5% | 14.6% | 17.4% | | 5.7% | 10.0% |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 8.4% | 14.8% | | 9.9% | 14.9% | 14.9% | 17.7% | | 5.8% | 10.2% |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 38.2 | 36.0 | | 33.8 | 32.8 | 33.0 | 32.8 | | 31.1 | 31.2 |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 37.3 | 35.1 | | 32.9 | 31.8 | 32.4 | 32.3 | | 30.5 | 30.6 |
Cost: income ratio | 75% | 63% | | 68% | 61% | 60% | 56% | | 68% | 60% |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 49 | 28 | | 7 | — | — | (7) | | 90 | 112 |
Net interest margin | 4.52% | 4.15% | | 4.14% | 4.02% | 3.96% | 3.92% | | 3.41% | 3.79% |
1The comparative capital and financial metrics relating to Q221 - Q421 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of Barclays International | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Corporate and Investment Bank | Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Income statement information | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Net interest income | 410 | 385 | | 432 | 279 | 370 | 270 | | 110 | 305 |
Net trading income | 2,738 | 2,450 | | 774 | 1,467 | 1,494 | 1,917 | | 1,397 | 1,535 |
Net fee, commission and other income | 885 | 1,103 | | 1,426 | 1,383 | 1,115 | 1,407 | | 1,131 | 1,065 |
Total income | 4,033 | 3,938 | | 2,632 | 3,129 | 2,979 | 3,594 | | 2,638 | 2,905 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (65) | 33 | | 73 | 128 | 229 | 43 | | (52) | (187) |
Net operating income | 3,968 | 3,971 | | 2,705 | 3,257 | 3,208 | 3,637 | | 2,586 | 2,718 |
Operating costs | (1,870) | (1,921) | | (1,562) | (1,747) | (1,623) | (1,886) | | (1,603) | (1,716) |
UK bank levy | — | — | | (128) | — | — | — | | (226) | — |
Litigation and conduct | (1,314) | (318) | | (59) | (99) | (78) | (1) | | 2 | (3) |
Total operating expenses | (3,184) | (2,239) | | (1,749) | (1,846) | (1,701) | (1,887) | | (1,827) | (1,719) |
Other net income | — | — | | 1 | — | — | 1 | | 2 | 1 |
Profit before tax | 784 | 1,732 | | 957 | 1,411 | 1,507 | 1,751 | | 761 | 1,000 |
Attributable profit | 579 | 1,316 | | 695 | 1,085 | 989 | 1,263 | | 413 | 627 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 125.8 | 109.6 | | 100.0 | 93.8 | 91.0 | 94.3 | | 92.4 | 96.8 |
Trading portfolio assets | 126.7 | 134.0 | | 146.7 | 144.7 | 147.0 | 130.9 | | 127.5 | 122.2 |
Derivative financial instruments assets | 343.4 | 288.7 | | 261.5 | 256.9 | 255.3 | 269.4 | | 301.7 | 295.9 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 209.2 | 203.8 | | 188.1 | 200.4 | 190.3 | 197.3 | | 170.4 | 177.9 |
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 127.7 | 131.2 | | 87.2 | 115.1 | 107.7 | 108.8 | | 96.7 | 121.0 |
Other assets | 237.2 | 222.5 | | 195.8 | 200.4 | 192.5 | 190.8 | | 194.9 | 228.9 |
Total assets | 1,170.0 | 1,089.8 | | 979.3 | 1,011.3 | 983.8 | 991.5 | | 983.6 | 1,042.7 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 229.5 | 214.7 | | 189.4 | 185.8 | 178.2 | 185.2 | | 175.2 | 195.6 |
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | 321.2 | 277.1 | | 256.4 | 252.2 | 246.8 | 260.2 | | 300.3 | 293.2 |
Risk weighted assets | 227.6 | 213.5 | | 200.7 | 192.5 | 194.3 | 201.3 | | 192.2 | 193.3 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Performance measures | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated equity | 7.1% | 17.1% | | 9.7% | 15.6% | 13.9% | 17.9% | | 6.3% | 9.5% |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 7.1% | 17.1% | | 9.7% | 15.6% | 14.0% | 17.9% | | 6.3% | 9.5% |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 32.7 | 30.8 | | 28.7 | 27.8 | 28.4 | 28.2 | | 26.3 | 26.4 |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 32.7 | 30.8 | | 28.7 | 27.8 | 28.4 | 28.2 | | 26.3 | 26.4 |
Cost: income ratio | 79% | 57% | | 66% | 59% | 57% | 53% | | 69% | 59% |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
FICC | 1,529 | 1,644 | | 546 | 803 | 895 | 1,204 | | 812 | 1,000 |
Equities | 1,411 | 1,052 | | 501 | 757 | 777 | 932 | | 542 | 691 |
Global Markets | 2,940 | 2,696 | | 1,047 | 1,560 | 1,672 | 2,136 | | 1,354 | 1,691 |
Advisory | 236 | 185 | | 287 | 253 | 218 | 163 | | 232 | 90 |
Equity capital markets | 37 | 47 | | 158 | 186 | 226 | 243 | | 104 | 122 |
Debt capital markets | 281 | 416 | | 511 | 532 | 429 | 453 | | 418 | 398 |
Investment Banking fees | 554 | 648 | | 956 | 971 | 873 | 859 | | 754 | 610 |
Corporate lending | (47) | 125 | | 176 | 168 | 38 | 206 | | 186 | 232 |
Transaction banking | 586 | 469 | | 453 | 430 | 396 | 393 | | 344 | 372 |
Corporate | 539 | 594 | | 629 | 598 | 434 | 599 | | 530 | 604 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Total income | 4,033 | 3,938 | | 2,632 | 3,129 | 2,979 | 3,594 | | 2,638 | 2,905 |
1The comparative capital and financial metrics relating to Q221 - Q421 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of Barclays International | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | Q222 | Q122 | | Q421 | Q321 | Q221 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Income statement information | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Net interest income | 619 | 551 | | 522 | 471 | 441 | 478 | | 504 | 518 |
Net fee, commission, trading and other income | 464 | 335 | | 356 | 337 | 399 | 327 | | 344 | 358 |
Total income | 1,083 | 886 | | 878 | 808 | 840 | 805 | | 848 | 876 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (144) | (134) | | (96) | (110) | 42 | (21) | | (239) | (183) |
Net operating income | 939 | 752 | | 782 | 698 | 882 | 784 | | 609 | 693 |
Operating costs | (667) | (584) | | (598) | (563) | (545) | (552) | | (530) | (511) |
UK bank levy | — | — | | (6) | — | — | — | | (14) | — |
Litigation and conduct | (5) | (195) | | (25) | (1) | (62) | (20) | | (11) | (25) |
Total operating expenses | (672) | (779) | | (629) | (564) | (607) | (572) | | (555) | (536) |
Other net income | 5 | 8 | | 2 | 15 | 13 | 8 | | 7 | 8 |
Profit/(loss) before tax | 272 | (19) | | 155 | 149 | 288 | 220 | | 61 | 165 |
Attributable profit/(loss) | 204 | (16) | | 123 | 106 | 218 | 168 | | 28 | 155 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 41.5 | 35.2 | | 33.8 | 32.1 | 30.9 | 29.2 | | 30.3 | 31.2 |
Total assets | 80.6 | 69.2 | | 64.8 | 64.6 | 63.0 | 61.4 | | 58.2 | 65.2 |
Deposits at amortised cost | 77.9 | 71.4 | | 69.4 | 67.5 | 67.2 | 66.0 | | 65.3 | 66.8 |
Risk weighted assets | 36.2 | 31.6 | | 30.2 | 30.2 | 29.0 | 28.8 | | 30.1 | 31.4 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Performance measures | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated equity | 14.8% | (1.2)% | | 9.7% | 8.6% | 19.1% | 14.6% | | 2.4% | 12.9% |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 17.8% | (1.5)% | | 11.7% | 10.5% | 21.8% | 16.5% | | 2.7% | 14.7% |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 5.5 | 5.2 | | 5.1 | 4.9 | 4.6 | 4.6 | | 4.8 | 4.8 |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 4.6 | 4.3 | | 4.2 | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.1 | | 4.2 | 4.2 |
Cost: income ratio | 62% | 88% | | 72% | 70% | 72% | 71% | | 65% | 61% |
Loan loss rate (bps) | 132 | 145 | | 105 | 127 | — | 27 | | 286 | 211 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of total income | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
International Cards and Consumer Bank | 691 | 538 | | 552 | 490 | 517 | 533 | | 576 | 600 |
Private Bank | 245 | 214 | | 200 | 188 | 214 | 179 | | 174 | 171 |
Payments | 147 | 134 | | 126 | 130 | 109 | 93 | | 98 | 105 |
Total income | 1,083 | 886 | | 878 | 808 | 840 | 805 | | 848 | 876 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Head Office | | | | | | | | | | |
| Q222 | Q122 | | Q421 | Q321 | Q221 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Income statement information | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Net interest income | — | 66 | | (38) | (112) | (64) | (178) | | (86) | (48) |
Net fee, commission and other income | (132) | (43) | | (11) | 2 | 37 | 103 | | (85) | (79) |
Total income | (132) | 23 | | (49) | (110) | (27) | (75) | | (171) | (127) |
Credit impairment releases/(charges) | 9 | 8 | | (5) | (1) | 6 | — | | (31) | (5) |
Net operating expenses | (123) | 31 | | (54) | (111) | (21) | (75) | | (202) | (132) |
Operating costs | (60) | (85) | | (152) | (95) | (341) | (71) | | (213) | (69) |
UK bank levy | — | — | | — | — | — | — | | (9) | — |
Litigation and conduct | 1 | (1) | | (3) | (19) | 16 | (9) | | (42) | (23) |
Total operating expenses | (59) | (86) | | (155) | (114) | (325) | (80) | | (264) | (92) |
Other net income/(expenses) | 2 | (18) | | 11 | 78 | 8 | 123 | | 8 | 10 |
Loss before tax | (180) | (73) | | (198) | (147) | (338) | (32) | | (458) | (214) |
Attributable (loss)/profit | (170) | (292) | | (159) | (134) | 120 | (25) | | (381) | (284) |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Balance sheet information | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Total assets | 19.8 | 19.9 | | 19.0 | 18.5 | 18.3 | 17.7 | | 18.6 | 19.3 |
Risk weighted assets¹ | 8.6 | 11.0 | | 11.0 | 11.8 | 12.0 | 10.7 | | 10.2 | 9.8 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Performance measures1 | | | | | | | | | | |
Average allocated equity (£bn) | 5.3 | 7.2 | | 8.8 | 10.2 | 7.9 | 8.1 | | 11.2 | 11.5 |
Average allocated tangible equity (£bn) | 1.7 | 3.6 | | 5.1 | 6.5 | 4.2 | 4.3 | | 7.3 | 7.6 |
1The comparative capital and financial metrics relating to Q221 - Q421 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Margins and balances |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| Net interest income | Average customer assets | Net interest margin | Net interest income | Average customer assets | Net interest margin |
| £m | £m | % | £m | £m | % |
Barclays UK | 2,732 | 206,524 | 2.67 | 2,586 | 204,930 | 2.54 |
Barclays International1 | 1,883 | 88,607 | 4.29 | 1,518 | 77,413 | 3.95 |
Total Barclays UK and Barclays International | 4,615 | 295,131 | 3.15 | 4,104 | 282,343 | 2.93 |
Other2 | 148 | | | (201) | | |
Total Barclays Group | 4,763 | | | 3,903 | | |
1Barclays International margins include the lending related investment bank business.
2Other includes Head Office and the non-lending related investment bank businesses not included in Barclays International margins.
The Group’s combined product and equity structural hedge notional as at 30 June 2022 was £256bn (30 June 2021: £198bn), with an average duration of close to 3 years (2021: average duration close to 3 years). Gross structural hedge contributions of £879m (H121: £689m) and net structural hedge contributions of £83m (H121: £592m) are included in Group net interest income. Gross structural hedge contributions represent the absolute level of interest earned from the fixed receipts on swaps in the structural hedge, while the net structural hedge contributions represent the net interest earned on the difference between the structural hedge rate and prevailing floating rates.
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Quarterly analysis for Barclays UK and Barclays International | Net interest income | Average customer assets | Net interest margin |
Three months ended 30.06.22 | £m | £m | % |
Barclays UK | 1,393 | 205,834 | 2.71 |
Barclays International1 | 1,016 | 92,371 | | 4.41 |
Total Barclays UK and Barclays International | 2,409 | 298,205 | | 3.24 |
| | | |
Three months ended 31.03.22 | | | |
Barclays UK | 1,339 | 207,607 | 2.62 |
Barclays International1 | 867 | 84,838 | | 4.15 |
Total Barclays UK and Barclays International | 2,206 | 292,445 | | 3.06 |
| | | |
Three months ended 31.12.21 | | | |
Barclays UK | 1,313 | 209,064 | | 2.49 |
Barclays International1 | 848 | 81,244 | | 4.14 |
Total Barclays UK and Barclays International | 2,161 | 290,308 | | 2.95 |
| | | |
Three months ended 30.09.21 | | | |
Barclays UK | 1,303 | 207,692 | | 2.49 |
Barclays International1 | 783 | 77,364 | | 4.02 |
Total Barclays UK and Barclays International | 2,086 | 285,056 | | 2.90 |
| | | |
Three months ended 30.06.21 | | | |
Barclays UK | 1,305 | 205,168 | | 2.55 |
Barclays International1 | 763 | 77,330 | | 3.96 |
Total Barclays UK and Barclays International | 2,068 | 282,498 | | 2.94 |
1Barclays International margins include the lending related investment bank business.
Risk management and principal risks
The roles and responsibilities of the business groups, Risk and Compliance in the management of risk in the Group are defined in the Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The purpose of the framework is to identify the principal risks of the Group, the process by which the Group sets its appetite for these risks in its business activities, and the consequent limits which it places on related risk taking. The framework identifies nine principal risks: credit risk, market risk, treasury and capital risk, climate risk, operational risk, model risk, conduct risk, reputation risk and legal risk. Further detail on the Group’s principal risks and previously identified material existing and emerging risks and how such risks are managed is available in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021, or online at home.barclays/annualreport. There have been no significant changes to these principal risks or previously identified material existing and emerging risks in the period other than as set out below.
Material existing and emerging risks
Set out below are details of two additional material risks identified in H122 which potentially impact one or more principal risks.
Internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures
The Group is subject to requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, to perform system and process evaluation and testing of its internal control over financial reporting to allow management to assess the effectiveness of its internal controls. In connection with the offer and sale of securities by Barclays Bank PLC in excess of the amounts registered under the 2019 F-3 and Predecessor Shelf (see “Over-issuance of US securities under Barclays Bank PLC's US shelf registration statements” below), management has concluded that the Group had a material weakness in relation to certain aspects of its internal control environment and that, as a consequence, its internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2021 was not effective under the applicable Committee of Sponsoring Organizations Framework and its disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as at such date. The material weakness that has been identified relates to a weakness in controls over the identification of external regulatory limits related to securities issuance and monitoring against these limits. As a result of this weakness, Barclays Bank PLC issued securities in excess of the amounts under the US shelf registration statements referred to above.
Remediation efforts have begun and the Group is taking steps to strengthen internal controls relating to securities issuance to address the material weakness. However, internal control systems (no matter how well designed) have inherent limitations and may not prevent or detect further misstatements or errors (whether of a similar or different character to the foregoing). If the Group fails to maintain an effective internal control environment or its disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, the Group could suffer material misstatements in its financial statements and fail to meet its reporting obligations, which could cause investors to lose confidence in the Group's reported financial information. This could in turn limit the Group's access to capital markets, negatively impact its results of operations, and lead to a negative impact on the trading price of its securities. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose the Group to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject it to potential regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on Barclays Bank PLC’s and the Group's business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation as a frequent issuer in the securities markets.
Over-issuance of US securities under Barclays Bank PLC's US shelf registration statements
The Group may be subject to claims for rescission or damages and regulatory enforcement actions in connection with certain sales of securities issued by Barclays Bank PLC materially in excess of the amounts set forth in prior registration statements as set out under “Internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures” above.
The securities that were issued in excess of these amounts comprise structured notes and exchange traded notes (ETNs). As such, certain offers and sales were not made in compliance with the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), giving rise to rights of rescission for certain purchasers of the securities. As a result, Barclays Bank PLC has elected to make a rescission offer (Rescission Offer) to eligible purchasers of the relevant affected securities, which it intends to launch on 1 August 2022.
As previously disclosed, the Group is conducting a review (the Review), assisted by external counsel, of the facts and circumstances relating to the sale of the relevant affected securities in excess of amounts registered under such US shelf registration statements and, among other things, the control environment related to such sales. The Review is at an advanced stage and reports on its progress have been made to the Group’s management team, the Group Board, and regulators, including the SEC Divisions of Enforcement and Corporation Finance. Such reports have included, among other things: (i) an assessment that the issuance of securities in excess of the maximum aggregate offering price for BBPLC’s 2019 US Shelf resulted from a failure to monitor issuances during the period in which Barclays Bank PLC’s status changed from a “well-known seasoned issuer” to an “ineligible issuer” for US securities law purposes, which required Barclays Bank PLC to
pre-register a set amount of securities to be issued under its US Shelf with the SEC; (ii) confirmation that the Review has not identified any evidence of intentional misconduct; and (iii) the discovery that, while the vast majority of the over-issuance occurred under the 2019 US Shelf, a small portion of the over-issuance also occurred under the Predecessor Shelf.
The Group is also conducting an internal review involving a five-year look-back at limits in other issuance programmes. Management has assessed as remote the risk of material financial impact associated with issuance limits other than where pre-registration of securities is required; therefore the focus of the review has been on programmes with external regulatory limits related to securities issuance. This review has not identified any other breach of an external regulatory limit in any issuance programme used by a member of the Group. Management has identified an instance where a limit imposed solely for internal governance reasons was exceeded when taking into account a large security held on the Group's own balance sheet issued under a non-SEC registered debt issuance programme which did not have an external limit, although the breach of the internal limit did not give rise to any rights on the part of investors and did not constitute a material weakness. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that the ongoing internal or external counsel reviews will not identify additional facts and information that could be material to an evaluation of this aspect of the Group's control environment.
Under Section 12(a)(1) of the Securities Act, certain purchasers of unregistered securities have a right to recover, upon the tender of such security, the consideration paid for such security with interest, less the amount of any income received, or damages if the purchaser no longer owns the security (Rescission Price). Pursuant to the Rescission Offer, Barclays Bank PLC will offer to repurchase the relevant affected securities at the Rescission Price. Although the Rescission Offer is expected to reduce liability with respect to potential private civil claims, it will not necessarily prevent such claims from being asserted against Barclays Bank PLC and/or its affiliates, including claims under applicable US federal securities laws.
Further, the Rescission Offer does not bar the SEC or other authorities from pursuing enforcement actions against Barclays Bank PLC and its affiliates, which are expected to result in fines, penalties and/or other sanctions. The Group is engaged with, and responding to inquiries and requests for information from, various regulators, including the SEC. The SEC’s investigation into this matter is at an advanced stage and the Group has had preliminary discussions with the staff of the SEC’s Division of Enforcement about resolving this matter.
As at 30 June 2022, Barclays PLC has recognised a balance sheet provision of £1,757m (December 2021: £220m) in relation to this matter, out of which £1,592m (December 2021: £220m) relates to the over-issuance of structured notes and £165m (December 2021: nil) relates to liabilities that could be incurred arising out of ongoing discussions in respect of a potential SEC resolution. A contingent liability exists in relation to the over-issuance of ETNs due to evidentiary challenges and the high level of trading in the securities. A contingent liability also exists in relation to any potential civil claims or enforcement actions taken against Barclays Bank PLC and its affiliates but Barclays Bank PLC is unable to assess the likelihood of liabilities that may arise out of such claims or actions, there is currently no indication of the exact timing for resolution and it is not practicable to provide an estimate of the financial effects.
The final cost of the Rescission Offer will be impacted by a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions. Prior to the completion of the Rescission Offer, the amount of the provision in relation to the over-issuance of structured notes will fluctuate, perhaps materially, due, in part, to the volatility of the market prices for the structured notes subject to the Rescission Offer. While Barclays Bank PLC and/or its affiliates have entered into hedging arrangements designed to minimise the volatility, such arrangements cannot by their very nature completely hedge the exposures, which may mean the final impact of the Rescission Offer may materially differ from the £1,592m provision reflected as at 30 June 2022. In addition, the hedging arrangements may be modified, may not prove effective (in existing or modified form), may expire prior to the end of the Rescission Offer and do not cover any other losses arising out of potential private civil claims or enforcement actions. The provision of £165m in relation to the potential SEC resolution may also be impacted by the ultimate outcome of the ongoing discussions. Any of the foregoing could result in material additional losses for the Group.
Any liabilities, claims or actions in connection with the over-issuance of securities under the 2019 F-3 and the Predecessor Shelf could have a material adverse effect on Barclays Bank PLC's and the Group's business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation as a frequent issuer in the securities markets.
Management has concluded that, by virtue of the fact that there was a weakness in controls over the identification of external regulatory limits related to securities issuance and monitoring against these limits, the Group had a material weakness in relation to certain aspects of its internal control environment and, as a consequence, its internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 December 2021 were not effective. Further details on such material weakness are set out under “Internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures” above.
Loans and advances at amortised cost by stage
The table below presents an analysis of loans and advances at amortised cost by gross exposure, impairment allowance, impairment charge and coverage ratio by stage allocation and business segment as at 30 June 2022. Also included are off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts by gross exposure, impairment allowance and coverage ratio by stage allocation as at 30 June 2022.
Impairment allowance under IFRS 9 considers both the drawn and the undrawn counterparty exposure. For retail portfolios, the total impairment allowance is allocated to the drawn exposure to the extent that the allowance does not exceed the exposure, as expected credit loss (ECL) is not reported separately. Any excess is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision. For wholesale portfolios, the impairment allowance on the undrawn exposure is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross exposure | | Impairment allowance | Net exposure |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Barclays UK | 160,110 | 23,805 | 3,012 | 186,927 | | 218 | 780 | 753 | 1,751 | 185,176 |
Barclays International | 32,053 | 3,251 | 1,674 | 36,978 | | 679 | 821 | 826 | 2,326 | 34,652 |
Head Office | 3,852 | 215 | 688 | 4,755 | | 2 | 16 | 346 | 364 | 4,391 |
Total Barclays Group retail | 196,015 | 27,271 | 5,374 | 228,660 | | 899 | 1,617 | 1,925 | 4,441 | 224,219 |
Barclays UK | 35,915 | 2,267 | 862 | 39,044 | | 131 | 49 | 117 | 297 | 38,747 |
Barclays International | 120,470 | 11,916 | 1,022 | 133,408 | | 254 | 198 | 287 | 739 | 132,669 |
Head Office | 186 | 1 | 23 | 210 | | — | — | 21 | 21 | 189 |
Total Barclays Group wholesale1 | 156,571 | 14,184 | 1,907 | 172,662 | | 385 | 247 | 425 | 1,057 | 171,605 |
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 352,586 | 41,455 | 7,281 | 401,322 | | 1,284 | 1,864 | 2,350 | 5,498 | 395,824 |
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | 373,544 | 24,429 | 1,146 | 399,119 | | 275 | 233 | 17 | 525 | 398,594 |
Total3 | 726,130 | 65,884 | 8,427 | 800,441 | | 1,559 | 2,097 | 2,367 | 6,023 | 794,418 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | | Half year ended 30.06.22 | |
| Coverage ratio | | Loan impairment charge/(release) and loan loss rate | |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | | Loan impairment charge/(release) | Loan loss rate | |
| % | % | % | % | | £m | bps | |
Barclays UK | 0.1 | 3.3 | 25.0 | 0.9 | | | 14 | | 2 | |
Barclays International | 2.1 | 25.3 | 49.3 | 6.3 | | | 253 | | 138 | |
Head Office | 0.1 | 7.4 | 50.3 | 7.7 | | | (18) | | — | |
Total Barclays Group retail | 0.5 | 5.9 | 35.8 | 1.9 | | | 249 | | 22 | |
Barclays UK | 0.4 | 2.2 | 13.6 | 0.8 | | | 36 | | 19 | |
Barclays International | 0.2 | 1.7 | 28.1 | 0.6 | | | 75 | | 11 | |
Head Office | — | — | 91.3 | 10.0 | | | — | | — | |
Total Barclays Group wholesale1 | 0.2 | 1.7 | 22.3 | 0.6 | | | 111 | | 13 | |
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 0.4 | 4.5 | 32.3 | 1.4 | | | 360 | | 18 | |
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | 0.1 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 0.1 | | | (42) | | | |
Other financial assets subject to impairment3 | | | | | | | 23 | | | |
Total4 | 0.2 | 3.2 | 28.1 | 0.8 | | | 341 | | | |
1Includes Wealth UK and Private Banking exposures measured on an individual customer exposure basis, and excludes Business Banking exposures, including lending under the government backed Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS) of £8.1bn that are managed on a collective basis and reported within BUK Retail. The net impact is a difference in total exposure of £4.3bn of balances reported as wholesale loans on page 33 in the Loans and advances at amortised cost by product disclosure. 2Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £21.1bn carried at fair value.
3Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £197.3bn and impairment allowance of £149m. This comprises £11m ECL on £195.0bn Stage 1 assets, £2m on £2.1bn Stage 2 fair value through other comprehensive income assets, cash collateral and settlement balances and £136m on £143m Stage 3 other assets.
4The loan loss rate is 17bps after applying the total impairment charge of £341m.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross exposure | | Impairment allowance | Net exposure |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
As at 31.12.21 | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Barclays UK | 160,695 | 22,779 | 2,915 | 186,389 | | 261 | 949 | 728 | 1,938 | 184,451 |
Barclays International | 25,981 | 2,691 | 1,566 | 30,238 | | 603 | 795 | 858 | 2,256 | 27,982 |
Head Office | 3,735 | 429 | 705 | 4,869 | | 2 | 36 | 347 | 385 | 4,484 |
Total Barclays Group retail | 190,411 | 25,899 | 5,186 | 221,496 | | 866 | 1,780 | 1,933 | 4,579 | 216,917 |
Barclays UK | 35,571 | 1,917 | 969 | 38,457 | | 153 | 43 | 111 | 307 | 38,150 |
Barclays International | 92,341 | 13,275 | 1,059 | 106,675 | | 187 | 192 | 458 | 837 | 105,838 |
Head Office | 542 | 2 | 21 | 565 | | — | — | 19 | 19 | 546 |
Total Barclays Group wholesale1 | 128,454 | 15,194 | 2,049 | 145,697 | | 340 | 235 | 588 | 1,163 | 144,534 |
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 318,865 | 41,093 | 7,235 | 367,193 | | 1,206 | 2,015 | 2,521 | 5,742 | 361,451 |
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | 312,142 | 34,815 | 1,298 | 348,255 | | 217 | 302 | 23 | 542 | 347,713 |
Total3 | 631,007 | 75,908 | 8,533 | 715,448 | | 1,423 | 2,317 | 2,544 | 6,284 | 709,164 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| As at 31.12.21 | | Half year ended 31.12.21 | |
| Coverage ratio | | Loan impairment charge/(release) and loan loss rate | |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | | Loan impairment charge/(release) | Loan loss rate | |
| % | % | % | % | | £m | bps | |
Barclays UK | 0.2 | 4.2 | 25.0 | 1.0 | | | (227) | | — | |
Barclays International | 2.3 | 29.5 | 54.8 | 7.5 | | | 181 | | 60 | |
Head Office | 0.1 | 8.4 | 49.2 | 7.9 | | | — | | — | |
Total Barclays Group retail | 0.5 | 6.9 | 37.3 | 2.1 | | | (46) | | — | |
Barclays UK | 0.4 | 2.2 | 11.5 | 0.8 | | | 122 | | 32 | |
Barclays International | 0.2 | 1.4 | 43.2 | 0.8 | | | (197) | | — | |
Head Office | — | — | 90.5 | 3.4 | | | — | | — | |
Total Barclays Group wholesale1 | 0.3 | 1.5 | 28.7 | 0.8 | | | (75) | | — | |
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 0.4 | 4.9 | 34.8 | 1.6 | | | (121) | | — | |
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts2 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 1.8 | 0.2 | | | (514) | | | |
Other financial assets subject to impairment3 | | | | | | | (18) | | | |
Total | 0.2 | 3.1 | 29.8 | 0.9 | | | (653) | | | |
1Includes Wealth and Private Banking exposures measured on an individual basis, and excludes Business Banking exposures, including BBLS of £9.4bn that are managed on a collective basis and reported within Barclays UK Retail. The net impact is a difference in total exposure of £6.0bn of balances reported as wholesale loans on page 33 in the Loans and advances at amortised cost by product disclosure. 2Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £18.8bn carried at fair value.
3Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £155.2bn and impairment allowance of £114m. This comprises £6m ECL on £154.9bn Stage 1 assets, £1m on £157.0bn Stage 2 fair value through other comprehensive income assets, other assets and cash collateral and settlement balances and £107m on £110m Stage 3 other assets.
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product
The table below presents a breakdown of loans and advances at amortised cost and the impairment allowance with stage allocation by asset classification.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Stage 2 | | |
As at 30.06.22 | Stage 1 | Not past due | <=30 days past due | >30 days past due | Total | Stage 3 | Total |
Gross exposure | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Home loans | 150,883 | | 16,269 | | 1,700 | | 765 | | 18,734 | | 2,110 | | 171,727 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 43,628 | | 5,918 | | 303 | | 273 | | 6,494 | | 2,510 | | 52,632 | |
Wholesale loans | 158,075 | | 15,814 | | 84 | | 329 | | 16,227 | | 2,661 | | 176,963 | |
Total | 352,586 | | 38,001 | | 2,087 | | 1,367 | | 41,455 | | 7,281 | | 401,322 | |
| | | | | | | |
Impairment allowance | | | | | | | |
Home loans | 19 | | 29 | | 6 | | 6 | | 41 | | 398 | | 458 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 860 | | 1,329 | | 100 | | 126 | | 1,555 | | 1,448 | | 3,863 | |
Wholesale loans | 405 | | 264 | | 2 | | 2 | | 268 | | 504 | | 1,177 | |
Total | 1,284 | | 1,622 | | 108 | | 134 | | 1,864 | | 2,350 | | 5,498 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net exposure | | | | | | | |
Home loans | 150,864 | | 16,240 | | 1,694 | | 759 | | 18,693 | | 1,712 | | 171,269 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 42,768 | | 4,589 | | 203 | | 147 | | 4,939 | | 1,062 | | 48,769 | |
Wholesale loans | 157,670 | | 15,550 | | 82 | | 327 | | 15,959 | | 2,157 | | 175,786 | |
Total | 351,302 | | 36,379 | | 1,979 | | 1,233 | | 39,591 | | 4,931 | | 395,824 | |
| | | | | | | |
Coverage ratio | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
Home loans | — | 0.2 | 0.4 | 0.8 | 0.2 | 18.9 | 0.3 |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 2.0 | 22.5 | 33.0 | 46.2 | 23.9 | 57.7 | 7.3 |
Wholesale loans | 0.3 | 1.7 | 2.4 | 0.6 | 1.7 | 18.9 | 0.7 |
Total | 0.4 | 4.3 | 5.2 | 9.8 | 4.5 | 32.3 | 1.4 |
| | | | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | | | |
Gross exposure | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Home loans | 148,058 | | 17,133 | | 1,660 | | 707 | | 19,500 | | 2,122 | | 169,680 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 37,840 | | 5,102 | | 300 | | 248 | | 5,650 | | 2,332 | | 45,822 | |
Wholesale loans | 132,967 | | 15,246 | | 306 | | 391 | | 15,943 | | 2,781 | | 151,691 | |
Total | 318,865 | | 37,481 | | 2,266 | | 1,346 | | 41,093 | | 7,235 | | 367,193 | |
| | | | | | | |
Impairment allowance | | | | | | | |
Home loans | 19 | | 46 | | 6 | | 7 | | 59 | | 397 | | 475 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 824 | | 1,493 | | 85 | | 123 | | 1,701 | | 1,504 | | 4,029 | |
Wholesale loans | 363 | | 248 | | 4 | | 3 | | 255 | | 620 | | 1,238 | |
Total | 1,206 | | 1,787 | | 95 | | 133 | | 2,015 | | 2,521 | | 5,742 | |
| | | | | | | |
Net exposure | | | | | | | |
Home loans | 148,039 | | 17,087 | | 1,654 | | 700 | | 19,441 | | 1,725 | | 169,205 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 37,016 | | 3,609 | | 215 | | 125 | | 3,949 | | 828 | | 41,793 | |
Wholesale loans | 132,604 | | 14,998 | | 302 | | 388 | | 15,688 | | 2,161 | | 150,453 | |
Total | 317,659 | | 35,694 | | 2,171 | | 1,213 | | 39,078 | | 4,714 | | 361,451 | |
| | | | | | | |
Coverage ratio | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
Home loans | — | 0.3 | 0.4 | 1.0 | 0.3 | 18.7 | 0.3 |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 2.2 | 29.3 | 28.3 | 49.6 | 30.1 | 64.5 | 8.8 |
Wholesale loans | 0.3 | 1.6 | 1.3 | 0.8 | 1.6 | 22.3 | 0.8 |
Total | 0.4 | 4.8 | 4.2 | 9.9 | 4.9 | 34.8 | 1.6 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost by selected sectors
The table below presents a breakdown of drawn exposure and impairment allowance for loans and advances at amortised cost with stage allocation for selected industry sectors within the wholesale loans portfolio. As the nature of macroeconomic uncertainty has evolved from the COVID-19 pandemic towards high inflation, supply chain constraints and consumer demand headwinds, so has the selected population under management focus.
The gross loans and advances to selected sectors have remained stable over the year. The small increase in provisions is informed by the improved macroeconomic outlook used in the Q222 scenario refresh, offset by management judgments to reflect the risk of uncertainty still prevailing within these sectors. The wholesale portfolio also benefits from a hedge protection programme that enables effective risk management against credit losses. An additional £0.1bn (December 2021: £0.1bn) impairment allowance has been applied to the undrawn exposures not included in the table below.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross exposure | | Impairment allowance |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Autos | 914 | 370 | 2 | 1,286 | | 10 | 5 | — | 15 |
Consumer manufacture | 3,498 | 1,587 | 215 | 5,300 | | 45 | 27 | 47 | 119 |
Discretionary retail and wholesale | 5,811 | 1,311 | 240 | 7,362 | | 34 | 21 | 45 | 100 |
Hospitality and leisure | 3,817 | 1,755 | 352 | 5,924 | | 33 | 35 | 41 | 109 |
Passenger travel | 807 | 318 | 107 | 1,232 | | 11 | 5 | 12 | 28 |
Real estate | 14,001 | 2,509 | 550 | 17,060 | | 89 | 45 | 107 | 241 |
Steel and aluminium manufacturers | 610 | 75 | 7 | 692 | | 6 | 1 | 1 | 8 |
Total | 29,458 | 7,925 | 1,473 | 38,856 | | 228 | 139 | 253 | 620 |
Total of wholesale exposures (%) | 19% | 49% | 55% | 22% | | 56% | 52% | 50% | 53% |
| | | | | | | | | |
| Gross exposure | | Impairment allowance |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
As at 31.12.21 | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Autos | 656 | 295 | 2 | 953 | | 3 | 3 | — | 6 |
Consumer manufacture | 3,904 | 1,304 | 211 | 5,419 | | 18 | 22 | 43 | 83 |
Discretionary retail and wholesale | 5,413 | 1,197 | 230 | 6,840 | | 47 | 20 | 54 | 121 |
Hospitality and leisure | 4,348 | 1,613 | 384 | 6,345 | | 28 | 33 | 44 | 105 |
Passenger travel | 856 | 285 | 143 | 1,284 | | 30 | 8 | 40 | 78 |
Real estate | 13,620 | 3,314 | 518 | 17,452 | | 65 | 53 | 93 | 211 |
Steel and aluminium manufacturers | 415 | 75 | 6 | 496 | | 2 | 3 | 1 | 6 |
Total | 29,212 | 8,083 | 1,494 | 38,789 | | 193 | 142 | 275 | 610 |
Total of wholesale exposures (%) | 22% | 51% | 54% | 26% | | 53% | 56% | 44% | 49% |
UK Commercial real estate exposure continues to remain well collateralised, however it has been included within the latest selected sector scoping as the broader real estate sector remains under pressure due to pricing and affordability concerns, as well as construction input costs and supply chain issues adding to the uncertainty, in particular across non-investment grade exposures.
The coverage ratio for selected sectors has broadly remained consistent at 1.6% as at 30 June 2022. Non-default coverage has marginally increased from 0.9% as at 31 December 2021 to 1.0% as at 30 June 2022.
Movement in gross exposures and impairment allowance including provisions for loan commitments and financial guarantees
The following tables present a reconciliation of the opening to the closing balance of the exposure and impairment allowance. An explanation of the methodology used to determine credit impairment provisions is included in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021. Transfers between stages in the table have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the year. The movements are measured over a 6-month period.
Loans and advances at amortised cost
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
| Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL |
Home loans | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 1 January 2022 | 148,058 | | 19 | | 19,500 | | 59 | | 2,122 | | 397 | | 169,680 | | 475 | |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | (5,725) | | (1) | | 5,725 | | 1 | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | 5,131 | | 18 | | (5,131) | | (18) | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Transfers to Stage 3 | (197) | | — | | (234) | | (5) | | 431 | | 5 | | — | | — | |
Transfers from Stage 3 | 19 | | 1 | | 133 | | 3 | | (152) | | (4) | | — | | — | |
Business activity in the period1 | 14,723 | | 4 | | 339 | | 1 | | 1 | | — | | 15,063 | | 5 | |
Refinements to models used for calculation | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | (4,151) | | (22) | | (506) | | 2 | | (69) | | 16 | | (4,726) | | (4) | |
Final repayments | (6,975) | | — | | (1,092) | | (2) | | (210) | | (3) | | (8,277) | | (5) | |
Disposals | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Write-offs2 | — | | — | | — | | — | | (13) | | (13) | | (13) | | (13) | |
As at 30 June 20223 | 150,883 | | 19 | | 18,734 | | 41 | | 2,110 | | 398 | | 171,727 | | 458 | |
| | | | | | | | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
As at 1 January 2022 | 37,840 | | 824 | | 5,650 | | 1,701 | | 2,332 | | 1,504 | | 45,822 | | 4,029 | |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | (2,572) | | (67) | | 2,572 | | 67 | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | 1,689 | | 422 | | (1,689) | | (422) | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Transfers to Stage 3 | (444) | | (11) | | (516) | | (222) | | 960 | | 233 | | — | | — | |
Transfers from Stage 3 | 30 | | 13 | | 49 | | 9 | | (79) | | (22) | | — | | — | |
Business activity in the period1 | 8,231 | | 354 | | 294 | | 32 | | 20 | | 5 | | 8,545 | | 391 | |
Refinements to models used for calculation4 | — | | 43 | | — | | 187 | | — | | 96 | | — | | 326 | |
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes5 | 1,678 | | (691) | | 413 | | 240 | | 94 | | 285 | | 2,185 | | (166) | |
Final repayments | (2,673) | | (23) | | (251) | | (27) | | (140) | | (29) | | (3,064) | | (79) | |
Disposals6 | (151) | | (4) | | (28) | | (10) | | (122) | | (69) | | (301) | | (83) | |
Write-offs2 | — | | — | | — | | — | | (555) | | (555) | | (555) | | (555) | |
As at 30 June 20223 | 43,628 | | 860 | | 6,494 | | 1,555 | | 2,510 | | 1,448 | | 52,632 | | 3,863 | |
1Business activity in the period does not include additional drawdowns on the existing facility which are reported under 'Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes'. Business activity reported within Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending portfolio includes GAP portfolio acquisition in US cards of £2.7bn.
2In H122, gross write-offs amounted to £768m (H121: £1,001m) and post write-off recoveries amounted to £36m (H121: £31m). Net write-offs represent gross write-offs less post write-off recoveries and amounted to £732m (H121: £970m).
3Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £197.3bn (December 21: £155.2bn) and an impairment allowance of £149m (December 21: £114m). This comprises £11m ECL (December 21: £6m) on £195.0bn stage 1 assets (December 21: £154.9bn), £2m (December 21: £1m) on £2.1bn stage 2 fair value through other comprehensive income assets, other assets and cash collateral and settlement balances (December 21: £0.2bn) and £136m (FY21: £107m) on £143m stage 3 other assets (December 21: £110m).
4Refinements to models used for calculation reported within Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending portfolio include a £0.3bn movement in US cards. These reflect methodology changes made during the year. Barclays continually review the output of models to determine accuracy of the ECL calculation including review of model monitoring, external benchmarking and experience of model operation over an extended period of time. This ensures that the models used continue to reflect the risks inherent across the businesses.
5Transfers and risk parameter changes include a £0.2bn (December 21: £0.3bn) net release in ECL arising from a reclassification of £1.4bn (December 21: £1.9bn) gross loans and advances from Stage 2 to Stage 1 in Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending portfolio. The reclassification followed a review of back-testing of results which indicated that accuracy of origination probability of default characteristics required management adjustments to correct. The re-classification was first established in Q220.
6The £0.3bn disposals reported within Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending portfolio includes £0.2bn sale of NFL portfolio within US cards and £0.1bn of debt sales undertaken during the year.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | | | | | | |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
| Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL |
Wholesale loans | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 1 January 2022 | 132,967 | 363 | 15,943 | 255 | 2,781 | 620 | 151,691 | 1,238 |
Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 | (5,129) | (29) | 5,129 | 29 | — | — | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 2 to Stage 1 | 5,544 | 41 | (5,544) | (41) | — | — | — | — |
Transfers to Stage 3 | (676) | (3) | (405) | (6) | 1,081 | 9 | — | — |
Transfers from Stage 3 | 114 | 9 | 200 | 17 | (314) | (26) | — | — |
Business activity in the period1 | 28,927 | 40 | 1,670 | 14 | 108 | 14 | 30,705 | 68 |
Refinements to models used for calculation2 | — | (66) | — | (42) | — | (374) | — | (482) |
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes3 | 12,529 | 79 | 1,048 | 70 | (634) | 555 | 12,943 | 704 |
Final repayments | (16,201) | (29) | (1,783) | (28) | (115) | (48) | (18,099) | (105) |
Disposals4 | — | — | (31) | — | (46) | (46) | (77) | (46) |
Write-offs5 | — | — | — | — | (200) | (200) | (200) | (200) |
As at 30 June 20226 | 158,075 | 405 | 16,227 | 268 | 2,661 | 504 | 176,963 | 1,177 |
| | | | | | | | |
Reconciliation of ECL movement to impairment charge/(release) for the period | £m |
Home loans | | | | | | | | (4) |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | | 472 |
Wholesale loans | | 185 |
ECL movement excluding assets derecognised due to disposals and write-offs | | 653 |
Recoveries and reimbursements7 | | (47) |
Exchange and other adjustments8 | | (246) |
Impairment release on loan commitments and other financial guarantees | | (42) |
Impairment charge on other financial assets6 | | 23 |
Income statement charge for the period | | 341 |
1Business activity in the period does not include additional drawdowns on the existing facility which are reported under 'Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes'.
2Refinements to models used for calculation reported within Wholesale loans relates to a £0.5bn movement in Business Banking. This relates to an update in the underlying ECL model that now fully recognises the 100% government guarantee against Barclays Bounce Back Loans exposure.
3"Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movements due to exposure and risk parameter changes" reported within Wholesale loans also include assets of £0.5bn de-recognised due to payment received on defaulted loans from government guarantees issued under government’s Bounce Back Loans Scheme.
4The £0.1bn disposals reported within Wholesale loans relates to debt sales undertaken during the year.
5In H122, gross write-offs amounted to £768m (H121: £1,001m) and post write-off recoveries amounted to £36m (H121: £31m). Net write-offs represent gross write-offs less post write-off recoveries and amounted to £732m (H121: £970m).
6Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £197.3bn (December 21: £155.2bn) and impairment allowance of £149m (December 21: £114m). This comprises £11m ECL (December 21: £6m) on £195.0bn stage 1 assets (December 21: £154.9bn), £2m (December 21: £1m) on £2.1bn stage 2 fair value through other comprehensive income assets, other assets and cash collateral and settlement balances (December 21: £157.0bn) and £136m (December 21: £107m) on £143m stage 3 other assets (December 21: £110m).
7Recoveries and reimbursements includes a net gain in relation to reimbursements from financial guarantee contracts held with third parties of £11m (H121 loss: £216m) and post write off recoveries of £36m (H121: £31m).
8Exchange and other adjustments includes foreign exchange and interest and fees in suspense.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loan commitments and financial guarantees |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
| Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL | Gross exposure | ECL |
Home loans | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
As at 1 January 2022 | 10,833 | — | 532 | — | 3 | — | 11,368 | — |
Net transfers between stages | 39 | — | (39) | — | — | — | — | — |
Business activity in the period | 8,146 | — | — | — | — | — | 8,146 | — |
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | (6,354) | — | (12) | — | — | — | (6,366) | — |
Limit management and final repayments | (172) | — | (22) | — | — | — | (194) | — |
As at 30 June 2022 | 12,492 | — | 459 | — | 3 | — | 12,954 | — |
| | | | | | | | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
As at 1 January 2022 | 122,819 | 50 | 5,718 | 61 | 218 | 20 | 128,755 | 131 |
Net transfers between stages | (1,277) | 23 | 935 | (18) | 342 | (5) | — | — |
Business activity in the period | 26,892 | 1 | 212 | — | — | — | 27,104 | 1 |
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | 9,385 | 3 | (1,267) | 20 | (288) | 2 | 7,830 | 25 |
Limit management and final repayments | (3,740) | (1) | (209) | (3) | (36) | — | (3,985) | (4) |
As at 30 June 2022 | 154,079 | 76 | 5,389 | 60 | 236 | 17 | 159,704 | 153 |
| | | | | | | | |
Wholesale loans | | | | | | | | |
As at 1 January 2022 | 178,490 | 167 | 28,565 | 241 | 1,077 | 3 | 208,132 | 411 |
Net transfers between stages | 9,775 | 36 | (9,709) | (37) | (66) | 1 | — | — |
Business activity in the period | 37,358 | 19 | 2,864 | 24 | 1 | — | 40,223 | 43 |
Net drawdowns, repayments, net re-measurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | 17,712 | (9) | 1,510 | (22) | 140 | (5) | 19,362 | (36) |
Limit management and final repayments | (36,362) | (14) | (4,649) | (33) | (245) | 1 | (41,256) | (46) |
As at 30 June 2022 | 206,973 | 199 | 18,581 | 173 | 907 | — | 226,461 | 372 |
Management adjustments to models for impairment
Management adjustments to impairment models are applied in order to factor in certain conditions or changes in policy that are not fully incorporated into the impairment models, or to reflect additional facts and circumstances at the period end. Management adjustments are reviewed and incorporated into future model development where applicable.
Total management adjustments to impairment allowance are presented by product below:
Overview of management adjustments to models for impairment allowance1
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| Management adjustments to impairment allowances | Proportion of total impairment allowances | Management adjustments to impairment allowances | Proportion of total impairment allowances |
| £m | % | £m | % |
Home loans | 76 | 16.6 | 103 | 21.7 |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 785 | 19.6 | 1,362 | 32.7 |
Wholesale loans2 | 426 | 27.5 | | 21 | 1.3 |
Total | 1,287 | 21.4 | 1,486 | 23.6 |
Management adjustments to models for impairment allowance1
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Impairment allowance pre management adjustments3 | Economic uncertainty adjustments | Other adjustments | Total Adjustments | Total impairment allowance4 |
| | (a) | (b) | (a+b) | |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Home loans | 382 | 43 | 33 | 76 | 458 |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 3,229 | 578 | 207 | 785 | 4,014 |
Wholesale loans | 1,125 | 417 | 9 | 426 | 1,551 |
Total | 4,736 | 1,038 | 249 | 1,287 | 6,023 |
| | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | |
Home loans | 372 | 72 | 31 | 103 | 475 |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 2,798 | 1,217 | 145 | 1,362 | 4,160 |
Wholesale loans | 1,628 | 403 | (382) | 21 | 1,649 |
Total | 4,798 | 1,692 | (206) | 1,486 | 6,284 |
1Positive values reflect an increase in impairment allowance and negative values reflect a reduction in the impairment allowance.
2Proportion of management adjustments to impairment allowances has increased in wholesale loans primarily driven by release of offsetting PMA to recognise BBLS government guarantees of £0.4bn; now captured through the model. Excluding this, proportion of management adjustments to impairment allowances remain materially stable compare to previous year.
3Includes £4.1bn (December 2021: £4.1bn) of modelled ECL, £0.4bn (December 2021: £0.5bn) of individually assessed impairments and £0.2bn (December 2021: £0.2bn) ECL from non-modelled exposures.
4Total impairment allowance consists of ECL stock on drawn and undrawn exposure.
Economic uncertainty adjustments
Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 and 2021, macroeconomic forecasts anticipated lasting impacts to unemployment levels and customer and client stress. However, the most recent macroeconomic outlook suggests the concerns over the spread of COVID-19 in major economies has receded and normalisation of customer behaviour has been observed, but uncertainty persists: Russia’s invasion of Ukraine is affecting global energy markets and food prices; China’s ‘zero-COVID’ policy is putting pressure on stretched supply chains; and labour markets continue to generate inflationary pressures. Credit deterioration could still occur as emerging supply chain disruption and inflationary pressures challenge economic stability; and economic consensus may not capture the range of arising economic uncertainty.
Given this backdrop, COVID-19 related expert judgements have been materially replaced by provisions for customers and clients considered most vulnerable to rising costs and supply chain disruption. This uncertainty continues to be captured in two distinct ways. Firstly, customer uncertainty: the identification of customers and clients who may be more vulnerable to the emerging economic instability; and secondly, model uncertainty: to capture the impact from model limitations and sensitivities to specific macroeconomic parameters which are applied at a portfolio level.
The economic uncertainty adjustments of £1.0bn (FY21: £1.7bn) include customer and client uncertainty provisions of £0.8bn (FY21: £1.5bn) and model uncertainty provisions of £0.2bn (FY21: £0.2bn).
Customer and client uncertainty provisions include an adjustment of £0.8bn (FY21: £1.5bn) which has been applied to customers and clients considered potentially vulnerable to the emerging economic instability in light of inflationary and supply chain concerns. This adjustment is split between credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending £0.5bn (FY21: £0.8bn) and wholesale loans £0.3bn (FY21: £0.3bn). The reduction in the credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending-related adjustment is due to unwinding of COVID-19 related expert judgements partially offset by provisions booked for customers and clients considered more vulnerable to rising costs and slowing consumer demand.
Furthermore, a previously held 2021 adjustment of £0.4bn to amend probabilities of default (PDs), informed by pre COVID-19 levels, is no longer required as the normalisation of customer behaviour is now captured within the modelled output.
Model uncertainty provisions £0.2bn (2021: £0.2bn) informed by modelled provisions following the updated Q222 scenario.
Other adjustments
Other adjustments are operational in nature and are expected to remain in place until they can be corrected in the underlying models. These adjustments result from data limitations and model performance related issues identified through established governance processes. The quantum of adjustments has reduced in response to the macroeconomic variable refresh in Q222 as well as model enhancements made during H122. Material adjustments comprise the following:
Home loans: The low average loan to value (LTV) nature of the UK Home Loans portfolio means that modelled ECL estimates are low. An adjustment is made to maintain an appropriate level of ECL informed by model monitoring.
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending: Includes the estimated ECL impact from adoption of the new definition of default under the Capital Requirements Regulation, the Day 1 provision for the GAP portfolio acquisition in US cards, an annual update to the qualitative measures used in high risk account management (HRAM) and adjustments for model inaccuracies informed by model monitoring; partially offset by a reclassification of loans and advances from Stage 2 to Stage 1 in credit cards. The reclassification followed a review of back-testing results which indicated that accuracy of origination probability of default characteristics requires management adjustments to correct and was first established in Q220. This adjustment has been reduced, driven by the improved macroeconomic scenarios in Q222.
Wholesale loans: Management adjustments of £(0.4)bn within wholesale loans in 2021 principally comprised an adjustment applied on bounce back loans of £(0.4)bn to reverse out the modelled charge which did not consider the government guarantee when calculating the ECL. This adjustment is no longer needed due to model enhancements.
Measurement uncertainty
Management has applied economic uncertainty and other adjustments to modelled ECL outputs. Economic uncertainty adjustments have been applied to customers and clients considered most vulnerable to rising costs and supply chain disruption. As a result, ECL is higher than would be the case if it were based on forecast economic scenarios alone.
The measurement of modelled ECL involves complexity and judgement, including estimation of probabilities of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), a range of unbiased future economic scenarios, estimation of expected lives, estimation of exposures at default (EAD) and assessing significant increases in credit risk. The Group uses a five-scenario model to calculate ECL. An external consensus forecast is assembled from key sources, including HM Treasury (short and medium term forecasts), Bloomberg (based on median of economic forecasts) and the Urban Land Institute (for US House Prices), which forms the Baseline scenario. In addition, two adverse scenarios (Downside 1 and Downside 2) and two favourable scenarios (Upside 1 and Upside 2) are derived, with associated probability weightings. The adverse scenarios are calibrated to a broadly similar severity to Barclays’ internal stress tests and stress scenarios provided by regulators whilst also considering IFRS 9 specific sensitivities and non-linearity. The favourable scenarios are designed to reflect plausible upside risks to the Baseline scenario which are broadly consistent with the economic narrative approved by the Senior Scenario Review Committee. All scenarios are regenerated at a minimum semi-annually. The scenarios include key economic variables, (including GDP, unemployment, House Price Index (HPI) and base rates in both the UK and US markets), and expanded variables using statistical models based on historical correlations. The upside and downside shocks are designed to evolve over a five-year stress horizon, with all five scenarios converging to a steady state after approximately seven years.
Scenarios used to calculate the Group’s ECL charge were refreshed in Q222. The current Baseline scenario reflects the latest consensus economic forecasts. Unemployment rates remain low, close to current levels. As inflation expectations drift higher, central banks tighten monetary policy sharply. In 2023, the UK Bank Rate reaches 2.75%, while the US Federal Funds Rate peaks at 3.25%. Rising borrowing charges and falling real wages subtract from growth through lower investment and household consumption. In the Downside 2 scenario, with inflation expectations rising, the central banks have to raise interest rates very sharply. The UK Bank Rate and the US Federal Funds Rate both reach 5.0% in Q223. Higher borrowing costs derail the economy and unemployment peaks in Q124 at 9.2% in the UK and 9.5% in the US. Given already stretched valuations, the sharp increase in mortgage servicing costs sees house prices decrease very sharply. In the Upside 2 scenario, supply disruptions get resolved, while the aggregate demand is supported by a release of household savings. GDP growth accelerates. Recovering labour force participation limits domestic inflationary pressures, while lower energy prices add some downward pressure on prices globally.
The methodology for estimating probability weights used in calculating ECL involves simulating a range of future paths for UK and US GDP using historical data. The five scenarios are mapped against the distribution of these future paths, with the median centred around the Baseline such that scenarios further from the Baseline attract a lower weighting. A single set of five scenarios is used across all portfolios and all five weights are normalised to equate to 100%. The same scenarios and weights that are used in the ECL estimation are also used for Barclays’ internal planning purposes. The impacts across the portfolios are different because of the sensitivities of each of the portfolios to specific macroeconomic variables. For example, mortgages are highly sensitive to house prices; credit cards and unsecured consumer loans are highly sensitive to unemployment.
The decrease in the Upside scenario weightings and increase in the Baseline weighting were driven by: (i) continued growth in UK/US GDP which resulted in a narrower fan of future GDP paths; and (ii) generally less favourable GDP projections across scenarios, increasing the distance between Upside 2 and Baseline scenario paths. For further details see page 44. COVID-19 related expert judgements have been materially replaced by provisions for customers and clients considered most vulnerable to rising costs and supply chain disruption. The economic uncertainty adjustments of £1.0bn (FY21: £1.7bn) have been applied as overlays to the modelled ECL output. These adjustments consist of a customer and client uncertainty provision of £0.8bn (FY21: £1.5bn) and a model uncertainty provision of £0.2bn (FY21: £0.2bn). For further details, see pages 38 to 39. The tables below show the key consensus macroeconomic variables used in the scenarios (5-year annual paths), the probability weights applied to each scenario and the macroeconomic variables by scenario using ‘specific bases’ i.e. the most extreme position of each variable in the context of the scenario, for example, the highest unemployment for downside scenarios and the lowest unemployment for upside scenarios. The 5-year average table provides additional transparency.
Baseline average macroeconomic variables used in the calculation of ECL
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 30.06.22 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 3.9 | 1.7 | 1.6 | 1.6 | 1.6 |
UK unemployment2 | 4.0 | 4.1 | 3.9 | 3.9 | 3.9 |
UK HPI3 | 4.3 | 1.0 | 2.2 | 2.5 | 2.8 |
UK bank rate | 1.5 | 2.7 | 2.4 | 2.1 | 2.0 |
US GDP1 | 3.3 | 2.2 | 2.1 | 2.1 | 2.1 |
US unemployment4 | 3.6 | 3.5 | 3.5 | 3.5 | 3.5 |
US HPI5 | 4.1 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 3.4 |
US federal funds rate | 1.5 | 3.2 | 2.9 | 2.7 | 2.5 |
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
As at 31.12.21 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 6.2 | 4.9 | 2.3 | 1.9 | 1.7 |
UK unemployment2 | 4.8 | 4.7 | 4.5 | 4.3 | 4.2 |
UK HPI3 | 4.7 | 1.0 | 1.9 | 1.9 | 2.3 |
UK bank rate | 0.1 | 0.8 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 0.8 |
US GDP1 | 5.5 | 3.9 | 2.6 | 2.4 | 2.4 |
US unemployment4 | 5.5 | 4.2 | 3.6 | 3.6 | 3.6 |
US HPI5 | 11.8 | 4.5 | 5.2 | 4.9 | 5.0 |
US federal funds rate | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.9 | 1.2 | 1.3 |
1Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3Change in year end UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year end.
4Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5Change in year end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year end.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Downside 2 average economic variables used in the calculation of ECL |
| 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 30.06.22 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 3.1 | (4.8) | (0.4) | 4.3 | 3.6 |
UK unemployment2 | 5.2 | 8.4 | 8.6 | 6.8 | 5.9 |
UK HPI3 | 0.2 | (26.2) | (3.6) | 17.9 | 10.2 |
UK bank rate | 1.8 | 4.7 | 4.3 | 2.6 | 2.3 |
US GDP1 | 2.4 | (4.1) | (0.2) | 3.4 | 2.7 |
US unemployment4 | 4.6 | 8.0 | 9.0 | 7.1 | 5.8 |
US HPI5 | (0.2) | (11.7) | (0.2) | 5.5 | 3.5 |
US federal funds rate | 1.8 | 4.8 | 4.6 | 3.6 | 3.0 |
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
As at 31.12.21 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 6.2 | 0.2 | (4.0) | 2.8 | 4.3 |
UK unemployment2 | 4.8 | 7.2 | 9.0 | 7.6 | 6.3 |
UK HPI3 | 4.7 | (14.3) | (21.8) | 11.9 | 15.2 |
UK bank rate | 0.1 | 2.2 | 3.9 | 3.1 | 2.2 |
US GDP1 | 5.5 | (0.8) | (3.5) | 2.5 | 3.2 |
US unemployment4 | 5.5 | 6.4 | 9.1 | 8.1 | 6.4 |
US HPI5 | 11.8 | (6.6) | (9.0) | 5.9 | 6.7 |
US federal funds rate | 0.2 | 2.1 | 3.4 | 2.6 | 2.0 |
1Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3Change in year end UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year end.
4Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5Change in year end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year end.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Downside 1 average economic variables used in the calculation of ECL |
| 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 30.06.22 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 3.5 | (1.6) | 0.6 | 3.0 | 2.6 |
UK unemployment2 | 4.6 | 6.2 | 6.2 | 5.3 | 4.9 |
UK HPI3 | 2.3 | (13.2) | (0.8) | 10.0 | 6.5 |
UK bank rate | 1.6 | 3.8 | 3.4 | 2.4 | 2.0 |
US GDP1 | 2.7 | (1.0) | 1.1 | 2.9 | 2.5 |
US unemployment4 | 4.1 | 5.7 | 6.2 | 5.3 | 4.6 |
US HPI5 | 1.9 | (4.4) | 1.6 | 4.4 | 3.4 |
US federal funds rate | 1.7 | 3.9 | 3.8 | 3.2 | 2.8 |
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
As at 31.12.21 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 6.2 | 2.8 | (0.7) | 2.3 | 2.9 |
UK unemployment2 | 4.8 | 6.2 | 6.8 | 6.0 | 5.3 |
UK HPI3 | 4.7 | (6.8) | (10.5) | 6.9 | 8.6 |
UK bank rate | 0.1 | 1.6 | 2.7 | 2.3 | 1.6 |
US GDP1 | 5.5 | 1.6 | (0.4) | 2.4 | 2.7 |
US unemployment4 | 5.5 | 5.4 | 6.6 | 6.1 | 5.2 |
US HPI5 | 11.8 | (1.2) | (2.1) | 4.8 | 5.2 |
US federal funds rate | 0.2 | 1.3 | 2.3 | 2.1 | 1.8 |
1Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3Change in year end UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year end.
4Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5Change in year end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year end.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Upside 2 average economic variables used in the calculation of ECL |
| 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 30.06.22 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 5.0 | 5.2 | 3.1 | 2.4 | 2.0 |
UK unemployment2 | 3.8 | 3.7 | 3.6 | 3.6 | 3.6 |
UK HPI3 | 6.5 | 11.2 | 6.2 | 4.7 | 3.7 |
UK bank rate | 1.2 | 1.5 | 1.4 | 1.3 | 1.3 |
US GDP1 | 4.0 | 4.9 | 3.6 | 3.4 | 3.4 |
US unemployment4 | 3.4 | 3.0 | 3.1 | 3.1 | 3.1 |
US HPI5 | 5.4 | 5.5 | 4.6 | 4.5 | 4.5 |
US federal funds rate | 1.1 | 2.2 | 1.9 | 1.7 | 1.5 |
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
As at 31.12.21 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 6.2 | 7.2 | 4.0 | 2.7 | 2.1 |
UK unemployment2 | 4.8 | 4.5 | 4.1 | 4.0 | 4.0 |
UK HPI3 | 4.7 | 8.5 | 9.0 | 5.2 | 4.2 |
UK bank rate | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0.3 |
US GDP1 | 5.5 | 5.3 | 4.1 | 3.5 | 3.4 |
US unemployment4 | 5.5 | 3.9 | 3.4 | 3.3 | 3.3 |
US HPI5 | 11.8 | 10.6 | 8.5 | 7.2 | 6.6 |
US federal funds rate | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.7 | 1.0 |
1Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3Change in year end UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year end.
4Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5Change in year end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year end.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Upside 1 average economic variables used in the calculation of ECL |
| 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 |
As at 30.06.22 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 4.5 | 3.5 | 2.4 | 2.0 | 1.8 |
UK unemployment2 | 3.9 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.8 | 3.8 |
UK HPI3 | 5.4 | 6.3 | 4.1 | 3.6 | 3.2 |
UK bank rate | 1.3 | 2.0 | 1.6 | 1.5 | 1.5 |
US GDP1 | 3.7 | 3.7 | 3.0 | 2.9 | 2.9 |
US unemployment4 | 3.5 | 3.2 | 3.3 | 3.3 | 3.3 |
US HPI5 | 4.7 | 4.4 | 4.0 | 3.9 | 3.9 |
US federal funds rate | 1.3 | 2.4 | 2.2 | 1.9 | 1.8 |
| 2021 | 2022 | 2023 | 2024 | 2025 |
As at 31.12.21 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP1 | 6.2 | 6.0 | 3.1 | 2.3 | 1.9 |
UK unemployment2 | 4.8 | 4.6 | 4.3 | 4.2 | 4.1 |
UK HPI3 | 4.7 | 5.0 | 5.0 | 3.9 | 3.3 |
UK bank rate | 0.1 | 0.6 | 0.8 | 0.8 | 0.5 |
US GDP1 | 5.5 | 4.6 | 3.4 | 2.9 | 2.9 |
US unemployment4 | 5.5 | 4.0 | 3.5 | 3.5 | 3.5 |
US HPI5 | 11.8 | 8.3 | 7.0 | 6.0 | 5.7 |
US federal funds rate | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.6 | 1.0 | 1.1 |
1Average Real GDP seasonally adjusted change in year.
2Average UK unemployment rate 16-year+.
3Change in year end UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers index, relative to prior year end.
4Average US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+.
5Change in year end US HPI = FHFA House Price Index, relative to prior year end.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Scenario probability weighting |
| Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
| % | % | % | % | % |
As at 30.06.22 | | | | | |
Scenario probability weighting | 14.0 | | 25.6 | | 37.8 | | 15.2 | | 7.4 | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | |
Scenario probability weighting | 20.9 | | 27.2 | | 30.1 | | 14.8 | | 7.0 | |
Specific bases show the most extreme position of each variable in the context of the scenario, for example, the highest unemployment for downside scenarios, average unemployment for baseline scenarios and lowest unemployment for upside scenarios. GDP and HPI downside and upside scenario data represents the lowest and highest points relative to the start point in the 20 quarter period.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Macroeconomic variables (specific bases)1 |
| Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
As at 30.06.22 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP2 | 16.8 | 12.8 | 2.1 | (1.1) | (5.9) |
UK unemployment3 | 3.6 | 3.8 | 4.0 | 6.6 | 9.2 |
UK HPI4 | 36.7 | 24.8 | 2.6 | (13.6) | (30.8) |
UK bank rate | 0.8 | 0.8 | 2.1 | 4.0 | 5.0 |
US GDP2 | 20.2 | 16.1 | 2.4 | (0.5) | (5.0) |
US unemployment3 | 3.0 | 3.2 | 3.5 | 6.5 | 9.5 |
US HPI4 | 27.0 | 22.9 | 3.5 | (2.6) | (13.4) |
US federal funds rate | 0.3 | 0.3 | 2.6 | 4.1 | 5.0 |
| | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | |
UK GDP2 | 21.4 | 18.3 | 3.4 | (1.6) | (1.6) |
UK unemployment3 | 4.0 | 4.1 | 4.5 | 7.0 | 9.2 |
UK HPI4 | 35.7 | 23.8 | 2.4 | (12.7) | (29.9) |
UK bank rate | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.7 | 2.8 | 4.0 |
US GDP2 | 22.8 | 19.6 | 3.4 | 1.5 | (1.3) |
US unemployment3 | 3.3 | 3.5 | 4.1 | 6.8 | 9.5 |
US HPI4 | 53.3 | 45.2 | 6.2 | 2.2 | (5.0) |
US federal funds rate | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.8 | 2.3 | 3.5 |
1UK GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; UK unemployment = UK unemployment rate 16-year+; UK HI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers Index; US GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; US unemployment = US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+; US HPI = FHFA House Price Index. 20 quarter period starts from Q122 (2021: Q121).
2Maximum growth relative to Q421 (2021: Q420), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year yearly average Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) in Baseline; minimum growth relative to Q421 (2021: Q420), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
3Lowest quarter in 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year average in Baseline; highest quarter 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
4Maximum growth relative to Q421 (2021: Q420), based on 20 quarter period in Upside scenarios; 5-year quarter end CAGR in Baseline; minimum growth relative to Q421 (2021: Q420), based on 20 quarter period in Downside scenarios.
Average basis represents the average quarterly value of variables in the 20 quarter period with GDP and HPI based on yearly average and quarterly CAGRs respectively.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Macroeconomic variables (5-year averages)1 |
| Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
As at 30.06.22 | % | % | % | % | % |
UK GDP2 | 3.5 | 2.8 | 2.1 | 1.6 | 1.1 |
UK unemployment3 | 3.7 | 3.8 | 4.0 | 5.5 | 7.0 |
UK HPI4 | 6.4 | 4.5 | 2.6 | 0.6 | (1.5) |
UK bank rate | 1.3 | 1.6 | 2.1 | 2.7 | 3.1 |
US GDP2 | 3.9 | 3.2 | 2.4 | 1.6 | 0.8 |
US unemployment3 | 3.1 | 3.3 | 3.5 | 5.2 | 6.9 |
US HPI4 | 4.9 | 4.2 | 3.5 | 1.4 | (0.8) |
US federal funds rate | 1.7 | 1.9 | 2.6 | 3.1 | 3.6 |
| | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | |
UK GDP2 | 4.4 | 3.9 | 3.4 | 2.7 | 1.8 |
UK unemployment3 | 4.3 | 4.4 | 4.5 | 5.8 | 7.0 |
UK HPI4 | 6.3 | 4.4 | 2.4 | 0.3 | (2.0) |
UK bank rate | 0.3 | 0.5 | 0.7 | 1.7 | 2.3 |
US GDP2 | 4.4 | 3.9 | 3.4 | 2.4 | 1.3 |
US unemployment3 | 3.9 | 4.0 | 4.1 | 5.7 | 7.1 |
US HPI4 | 8.9 | 7.7 | 6.2 | 3.6 | 1.4 |
US federal funds rate | 0.5 | 0.6 | 0.8 | 1.5 | 2.1 |
1UK GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; UK unemployment = UK unemployment rate 16-year+; UK HPI = Halifax All Houses, All Buyers Index; US GDP = Real GDP growth seasonally adjusted; US unemployment = US civilian unemployment rate 16-year+; US HPI = FHFA House Price Index.
25-year yearly average CAGR, starting 2021 (2021: 2020).
35-year average. Period based on 20 quarters from Q122 (2021: Q121).
45-year quarter end CAGR, starting Q421 (2021: Q420).
ECL under 100% weighted scenarios for modelled portfolios
The table below shows the ECL assuming scenarios have been 100% weighted. Model exposures are allocated to a stage based on the individual scenario rather than through a probability-weighted approach as required for Barclays reported impairment allowances. As a result, it is not possible to back solve to the final reported weighted ECL from the individual scenarios as a balance may be assigned to a different stage dependent on the scenario. Model exposure uses exposure at default (EAD) values and is not directly comparable to gross exposure used in prior disclosures. For Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending, an average EAD measure is used (12-month or lifetime, depending on stage allocation in each scenario). Therefore, the model exposure movement into Stage 2 is higher than the corresponding Stage 1 reduction.
All ECL using a model is included, with the exception of Treasury assets (£7.7m of ECL). Non-modelled exposures and management adjustments are excluded. Management adjustments can be found in the Management adjustments to models for impairment section.
Model exposures allocated to Stage 3 do not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on observable evidence of default as at 30 June 2022 and not on macroeconomic scenarios.
The Downside 2 scenario represents a severe global recession with substantial falls in both UK and US GDP. Unemployment in UK markets rises towards 9.2% and US markets rises towards 9.5% and there are substantial falls in asset prices including housing. Under the Downside 2 scenario, model exposure moves between stages as the economic environment weakens. This can be seen in the movement of £22.1bn of model exposure into Stage 2 between the Weighted and Downside 2 scenario. ECL increases in Stage 2 predominantly due to unsecured portfolios as economic conditions deteriorate.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Scenarios |
As at 30 June 2022 | Weighted | Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
Stage 1 Model Exposure (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 142,668 | | 144,569 | | 143,881 | | 142,882 | | 141,536 | | 139,553 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 46,225 | | 46,906 | | 46,692 | | 46,446 | | 45,324 | | 44,057 | |
Wholesale loans | 183,356 | | 189,252 | | 187,709 | | 183,570 | | 178,233 | | 167,303 | |
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 3 | | 2 | | 2 | | 2 | | 4 | | 10 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 341 | | 329 | | 333 | | 338 | | 353 | | 372 | |
Wholesale loans | 250 | | 210 | | 224 | | 237 | | 296 | | 329 | |
Stage 1 Coverage (%) | | | | | | |
Home loans | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 0.7 | | 0.7 | | 0.7 | | 0.7 | | 0.8 | | 0.8 | |
Wholesale loans | 0.1 | | 0.1 | | 0.1 | | 0.1 | | 0.2 | | 0.2 | |
Stage 2 Model Exposure (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 18,684 | | 16,783 | | 17,471 | | 18,470 | | 19,815 | | 21,799 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 8,699 | | 7,741 | | 8,048 | | 8,448 | | 9,932 | | 11,658 | |
Wholesale loans | 23,702 | | 17,806 | | 19,349 | | 23,489 | | 28,825 | | 39,755 | |
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 13 | | 8 | | 9 | | 11 | | 20 | | 40 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 1,531 | | 1,306 | | 1,378 | | 1,468 | | 1,840 | | 2,318 | |
Wholesale loans | 463 | | 348 | | 382 | | 438 | | 604 | | 1,091 | |
Stage 2 Coverage (%) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 0.1 | | — | | 0.1 | | 0.1 | | 0.1 | | 0.2 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 17.6 | | 16.9 | | 17.1 | | 17.4 | | 18.5 | | 19.9 | |
Wholesale loans | 2.0 | | 2.0 | | 2.0 | | 1.9 | | 2.1 | | 2.7 | |
Stage 3 Model Exposure (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 1,631 | | 1,631 | | 1,631 | | 1,631 | | 1,631 | | 1,631 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 1,797 | | 1,797 | | 1,797 | | 1,797 | | 1,797 | | 1,797 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 2,431 | | 2,431 | | 2,431 | | 2,431 | | 2,431 | | 2,431 | |
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 313 | | 301 | | 305 | | 309 | | 328 | | 357 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 1,207 | | 1,183 | | 1,191 | | 1,222 | | 1,218 | | 1,212 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 61 | | 56 | | 58 | | 60 | | 66 | | 73 | |
Stage 3 Coverage (%) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 19.2 | | 18.5 | | 18.7 | | 18.9 | | 20.1 | | 21.9 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 67.2 | | 65.8 | | 66.3 | | 68.0 | | 67.8 | | 67.4 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 2.5 | | 2.3 | | 2.4 | | 2.5 | | 2.7 | | 3.0 | |
Total Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 329 | | 311 | | 316 | | 322 | | 352 | | 407 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 3,079 | | 2,818 | | 2,902 | | 3,028 | | 3,411 | | 3,902 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 774 | | 614 | | 664 | | 735 | | 966 | | 1,493 | |
Total Model ECL | 4,182 | | 3,743 | | 3,882 | | 4,085 | | 4,729 | | 5,802 | |
1Material wholesale loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £376m is reported as individually assessed impairments in the table below.
| | | | | |
Reconciliation to total ECL | £m |
Total model ECL | 4,182 | |
ECL from individually assessed impairments | 376 | |
ECL from non-modelled and other management adjustments1 | 1,465 | |
Total ECL | 6,023 | |
1Includes £1.3bn post-model adjustments of which £0.1bn is included as part of total model ECL and £0.2bn ECL from non-modelled exposures.
The dispersion of results around the Baseline is an indication of uncertainty around the future projections. The disclosure highlights the results of the alternative scenarios enabling the reader to understand the extent of the impact on exposure and ECL from the upside/downside scenarios. Consequently, the use of five scenarios with associated weightings results in a total weighted ECL uplift from the Baseline ECL of 2.4%, largely driven by credit card losses which have more linear loss profiles than UK home loans and wholesale loan positions.
Home loans: Total weighted ECL of £329m represents a 2.2% increase over the Baseline ECL (£322m), and coverage ratios remain steady across the Upside scenarios, Baseline and Downside 1 scenario. However, total ECL increases in the Downside 2 scenario to £407m, driven by a significant fall in UK HPI (30.8%) reflecting the non-linearity of the UK portfolio.
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending: Total weighted ECL of £3,079m represents a 1.7% increase over the Baseline ECL (£3,028m) reflecting the range of economic scenarios used, mainly impacted by unemployment and other key retail variables. Total ECL increases to £3,902m under Downside 2 scenario, mainly driven by Stage 2, where coverage rates increase to 19.9% from a weighted scenario approach of 17.6% and circa £3.0bn increase in model exposure that meets the Significant Increase in Credit Risk criteria and transitions from Stage 1 to Stage 2.
Wholesale loans: Total weighted ECL of £774m represents an 5.3% increase over the Baseline ECL (£735m) reflecting the range of economic scenarios used, with exposures in the Corporate and Investment Bank particularly sensitive to the Downside 2 scenario.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Scenarios |
As at 31 December 2021 | Weighted | Upside 2 | Upside 1 | Baseline | Downside 1 | Downside 2 |
Stage 1 Model Exposure (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 137,279 | | 139,117 | | 138,424 | | 137,563 | | 135,544 | | 133,042 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 45,503 | | 46,170 | | 45,963 | | 45,751 | | 43,131 | | 38,820 | |
Wholesale loans | 174,249 | | 177,453 | | 176,774 | | 175,451 | | 169,814 | | 161,998 | |
Stage 1 Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 4 | | 2 | | 2 | | 3 | | 6 | | 14 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 324 | | 266 | | 272 | | 279 | | 350 | | 418 | |
Wholesale loans | 290 | | 240 | | 262 | | 286 | | 327 | | 350 | |
Stage 1 Coverage (%) | | | | | | |
Home loans | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | | — | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 0.7 | | 0.6 | | 0.6 | | 0.6 | | 0.8 | | 1.1 | |
Wholesale loans | 0.2 | | 0.1 | | 0.1 | | 0.2 | | 0.2 | | 0.2 | |
Stage 2 Model Exposure (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 22,915 | | 21,076 | | 21,769 | | 22,631 | | 24,649 | | 27,151 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 7,200 | | 6,260 | | 6,521 | | 6,795 | | 9,708 | | 14,290 | |
Wholesale loans | 32,256 | | 29,052 | | 29,732 | | 31,054 | | 36,692 | | 44,507 | |
Stage 2 Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 15 | | 10 | | 11 | | 12 | | 22 | | 47 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 1,114 | | 925 | | 988 | | 1,058 | | 1,497 | | 3,295 | |
Wholesale loans | 572 | | 431 | | 467 | | 528 | | 851 | | 1,510 | |
Stage 2 Coverage (%) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 0.1 | — | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 15.5 | 14.8 | 15.2 | 15.6 | 15.4 | 23.1 |
Wholesale loans | 1.8 | 1.5 | 1.6 | 1.7 | 2.3 | 3.4 |
Stage 3 Model Exposure (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 1,724 | | 1,724 | | 1,724 | | 1,724 | | 1,724 | | 1,724 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 1,922 | | 1,922 | | 1,922 | | 1,922 | | 1,922 | | 1,922 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 1,811 | | 1,811 | | 1,811 | | 1,811 | | 1,811 | | 1,811 | |
Stage 3 Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 303 | | 292 | | 295 | | 299 | | 320 | | 346 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 1,255 | | 1,236 | | 1,245 | | 1,255 | | 1,277 | | 1,297 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 323 | | 321 | | 322 | | 323 | | 326 | | 332 | |
Stage 3 Coverage (%) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 17.6 | | 16.9 | | 17.1 | | 17.3 | | 18.6 | | 20.1 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 65.3 | | 64.3 | | 64.8 | | 65.3 | | 66.4 | | 67.5 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 17.8 | | 17.7 | | 17.8 | | 17.8 | | 18.0 | | 18.3 | |
Total Model ECL (£m) | | | | | | |
Home loans | 322 | | 304 | | 308 | | 314 | | 348 | | 407 | |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 2,693 | | 2,427 | | 2,505 | | 2,592 | | 3,124 | | 5,010 | |
Wholesale loans1 | 1,185 | | 992 | | 1,051 | | 1,137 | | 1,504 | | 2,192 | |
Total Model ECL | 4,200 | | 3,723 | | 3,864 | | 4,043 | | 4,976 | | 7,609 | |
1Material wholesale loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies. As a result, ECL of £524m is reported as individually assessed impairments in the table below.
| | | | | |
Reconciliation to total ECL1 | £m |
Total model ECL | 4,200 |
ECL from individually assessed impairments | 524 |
ECL from non-modelled and other management adjustments | 1,560 |
Total ECL | 6,284 |
1Includes £1.5bn of post-model adjustments and £0.2bn ECL from non-modelled exposures.
Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types
Secured home loans
The UK home loan portfolio primarily comprises first lien mortgages and accounts for 93% (December 2021: 93%) of the Group’s total home loans balance.
| | | | | | | | |
| Barclays UK |
Home loans principal portfolios | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Gross loans and advances (£m) | 159,676 | 158,192 |
90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book (%) | 0.1 | 0.1 |
Annualised gross charge-off rates - 180 days past due (%) | 0.5 | 0.5 |
Recovery book proportion of outstanding balances (%) | 0.6 | 0.6 |
Recovery book impairment coverage ratio (%) | 4.6 | 4.2 |
| | |
Average marked to market LTV | | |
Balance weighted % | 50.8 | 50.7 |
Valuation weighted % | 37.8 | 37.5 |
| | |
New lending | Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
New home loan bookings (£m) | 14,117 | 19,120 |
New home loan proportion > 90% LTV (%) | 2.6 | 0.9 |
Average LTV on new home loans: balance weighted (%) | 68.6 | 68.7 |
Average LTV on new home loans: valuation weighted (%) | 60.4 | 61.3 |
Home loans principal portfolios – distribution of balances by LTV1
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Distribution of balances | Distribution of impairment allowance | Coverage ratio |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total |
Barclays UK | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % | % |
As at 30.06.22 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
<=75% | 79.2 | 10.9 | 0.6 | 90.7 | 6.7 | 17.3 | 34.5 | 58.5 | — | 0.1 | 2.9 | — |
>75% and <=90% | 8.2 | 0.5 | — | 8.7 | 4.2 | 10.8 | 12.2 | 27.2 | — | 1.2 | 29.1 | 0.2 |
>90% and <=100% | 0.6 | — | — | 0.6 | 0.4 | 0.6 | 2.2 | 3.2 | — | 2.5 | 72.9 | 0.3 |
>100% | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 1.5 | 9.5 | 11.1 | 0.4 | 20.7 | 100.0 | 23.1 |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | | | | | | | | |
<=75% | 77.2 | 11.3 | 0.7 | 89.2 | 8.3 | 17.7 | 31.9 | 57.9 | — | 0.1 | 2.4 | — |
>75% and <=90% | 9.3 | 0.6 | — | 9.9 | 4.8 | 10.7 | 11.7 | 27.2 | — | 1.0 | 22.6 | 0.1 |
>90% and <=100% | 0.9 | — | — | 0.9 | 0.9 | 1.0 | 2.9 | 4.8 | 0.1 | 1.9 | 87.5 | 0.3 |
>100% | — | — | — | — | 0.2 | 1.0 | 8.9 | 10.1 | 0.4 | 6.4 | 100.0 | 14.1 |
1Portfolio mark to market based on the most updated valuation including recovery book balances. Updated valuations reflect the application of the latest HPI available as at 30 June 2022.
New lending reduced to £14.1bn, a level more consistent with pre-COVID-19 periods, from £19.1bn in H121 when market dynamics drove high levels of new business due to stamp duty relief and property ownership led demand. The proportion of new lending with LTV >85% was 18%, more consistent with levels seen pre-COVID-19, compared to 7% in H121 when high LTV products were gradually being reintroduced following COVID-19 restrictions.
Head Office: Italian home loans and advances at amortised cost reduced to £4.6bn (2021: £4.7bn). The portfolio is secured on residential property with an average balance weighted mark to market LTV of 59.0% (2021: 60.4%). 90 day arrears remained stable at 1.3% (2021: 1.3%), gross charge-off rates increased to 0.4% (2021: 0.3%).
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending
The principal portfolios listed below accounted for 83% (December 2021: 82%) of the Group’s total credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending. | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Principal portfolios | Gross exposure | 30 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book | 90 day arrears rate, excluding recovery book | Annualised gross write-off rate | Annualised net write-off rate |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | % | % | % | % |
Barclays UK | | | | | |
UK cards | 9,901 | 1.0 | 0.2 | 2.4 | 2.3 |
UK personal loans | 4,188 | 1.3 | 0.6 | 2.0 | 1.6 |
Barclays Partner Finance | 2,459 | 0.5 | 0.2 | 0.8 | 0.8 |
Barclays International | | | | | |
US cards | 23,037 | 1.4 | 0.7 | 2.9 | 2.7 |
Germany consumer lending | 3,993 | 1.5 | 0.7 | 0.7 | 0.7 |
| | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | |
Barclays UK | | | | | |
UK cards | 9,933 | 1.0 | 0.2 | 4.1 | 4.0 |
UK personal loans | 4,011 | 1.5 | 0.7 | 3.5 | 3.2 |
Barclays Partner Finance | 2,471 | 0.4 | 0.2 | 1.4 | 1.4 |
Barclays International | | | | | |
US cards | 17,779 | 1.6 | 0.8 | 4.3 | 4.2 |
Germany consumer lending | 3,559 | 1.5 | 0.7 | 0.9 | 0.8 |
UK cards: 30 and 90 day arrears rates remained stable at 1.0% and 0.2%, with balances flat at £9.9bn. Gross and net write-off rates returned to more stable levels of 2.4% and 2.3% following the higher rates in 2021 caused by the sharp reductions in overall balances through COVID-19 and heightened debt sale activity.
UK personal loans: 30 and 90 day arrears rates reduced by 0.2% and 0.1% to 1.3% and 0.6% respectively. This marginal reduction was driven by the portfolio growing through new lending post the COVID-19 reductions, and these newer vintages performing better than the historical stock. Gross and net write-off rates returned to more stable levels of 2.0% and 1.6% following the higher rates in 2021 caused by the sharp reductions in overall balances through COVID-19 and heightened debt sale activity.
Barclays Partner Finance: 30 and 90 day arrears rates remain stable and in line with December 2021.
US cards: Balances increased due to the acquisition of the GAP portfolio in June 2022, movement in the USD/GBP exchange rate and core portfolio growth. 30 and 90 day arrears rates improved due to the GAP portfolio acquisition.
Germany consumer lending: 30 and 90 day arrears rates were stable. 30 day arrears rates are below pre-COVID levels.
Government supported loans
Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic Barclays has supported its customers and clients by participating in the UK government's Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS), Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CBILS), Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CLBILS) and the Recovery Loan Scheme (RLS).
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Gross exposure | Impairment allowance | Impairment coverage | Government guaranteed exposure |
| Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Modelled impairment | Management adjustment | Impairment post- management adjustment | Pre- management adjustment | Post- management adjustment | Total |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | % | £m |
Barclays UK | | | | | | | | | | |
BBLS | 5,231 | 1,982 | 893 | 8,106 | 22 | — | 22 | 0.3 | 0.3 | 8,083 |
CBILS | 606 | 234 | 54 | 894 | 18 | (4) | 14 | 2.1 | 1.6 | 715 |
RLS | 17 | 2 | 1 | 20 | — | — | — | — | — | 16 |
Barclays International | | | | | | | | | | |
CBILS | 458 | 145 | 7 | 610 | 3 | — | 3 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 488 |
CLBILS | 96 | 79 | 6 | 181 | 1 | — | 1 | 0.6 | 0.6 | 145 |
RLS | 16 | 4 | 1 | 21 | — | — | — | 0.5 | 0.5 | 16 |
Total | 6,424 | 2,446 | 962 | 9,832 | 44 | (4) | 40 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 9,463 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | | | | |
Barclays UK | | | | | | | | | | |
BBLS | 7,881 | 797 | 704 | 9,382 | 396 | (380) | 16 | 4.2 | 0.2 | 9,366 |
CBILS | 900 | 110 | 47 | 1,057 | 12 | (7) | 5 | 1.1 | 0.5 | 845 |
RLS | 11 | — | 1 | 12 | — | — | — | 2.7 | 2.7 | 10 |
Barclays International | | | | | | | | | | |
CBILS | 619 | 146 | 6 | 771 | 5 | — | 5 | 0.6 | 0.6 | 617 |
CLBILS | 163 | 56 | 2 | 221 | 1 | — | 1 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 177 |
RLS | 1 | — | — | 1 | — | — | — | 4.7 | 4.7 | 1 |
Total | 9,575 | 1,109 | 760 | 11,444 | 414 | (387) | 27 | 3.6 | 0.2 | 11,016 |
The BBLS and CBILS schemes were launched to provide financial support to smaller and medium-sized businesses and CLBILS for larger businesses in the UK who may experience financial difficulties as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. The RLS aims to help UK businesses access finance as they recover and grow following the COVID-19 pandemic. These loans are guaranteed by the government at 100% for BBLS and 80% for CBILS, CLBILS and RLS (70% for RLS issued post January 1, 2022) as at the balance sheet date.
Management adjustment of £(380)m applied in December 2021 has been discontinued following an update in the underlying ECL model that now fully recognises the 100% government guarantee against BBLS exposure within BUK Business Banking. However, we continue to hold the £(4)m (December 2021: £7m) adjustment against CBILS as the 80% government guarantee is not fully recognised in the models. In instances where Barclays has assessed the BBLS exposure to have not met strict assessment criteria, no claim has been made against the government guarantee resulting in an impairment allowance against these loans of £22m (December 2021: £16m) as at the balance sheet date.
Additionally, while the government supported loans are covered by guarantees, many BBLS customers have other financing arrangements with Barclays which are not covered by the government guarantee. Noting the elevated levels of delinquency across the BBLS population, Barclays has applied an adjustment of £0.1bn to the £2.6bn gross exposure to BBLS customers outside the scheme.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Analysis of management value at risk (VaR)
The table below shows the total management VaR on a diversified basis by asset class. Total management VaR includes all trading positions in Barclays Bank Group and it is calculated with a one-day holding period. VaR limits are applied to total management VaR and by asset class. Additionally, the market risk management function applies VaR sub-limits to material businesses and trading desks.
Management VaR (95%) by asset class
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | | Half year ended 31.12.21 | | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| Average | High | Low | | Average | High | Low | | Average | High | Low |
| £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m |
Credit risk | 16 | 24 | 8 | | 10 | 13 | 7 | | 18 | 30 | 9 |
Interest rate risk | 10 | 19 | 4 | | 5 | 9 | 4 | | 8 | 15 | 4 |
Equity risk | 10 | 29 | 4 | | 8 | 29 | 4 | | 10 | 15 | 6 |
Basis risk | 9 | 24 | 4 | | 4 | 7 | 3 | | 7 | 10 | 4 |
Spread risk | 5 | 10 | 3 | | 4 | 6 | 3 | | 4 | 6 | 3 |
Foreign exchange risk | 10 | 25 | 2 | | 4 | 16 | 1 | | 3 | 6 | 2 |
Commodity risk | — | 1 | — | | — | 1 | — | | — | 1 | — |
Inflation risk | 6 | 17 | 3 | | 3 | 5 | 2 | | 2 | 3 | 2 |
Diversification effect1 | (39) | n/a | n/a | | (23) | n/a | n/a | | (30) | n/a | n/a |
Total management VaR | 27 | 43 | 13 | | 15 | 34 | 6 | | 22 | 36 | 13 |
1Diversification effects recognise that forecast losses from different assets or businesses are unlikely to occur concurrently, hence the expected aggregate loss is lower than the sum of the expected losses from each area. Historical correlations between losses are taken into account in making these assessments. The high and low VaR figures reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low VaR reported as a whole. Consequently, a diversification effect balance for the high and low VaR figures would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the above table.
Average management VaR increased 80% to £27m (H221: £15m) driven by elevated market volatility and defensive risk positioning. Risk taking during the period remained within risk appetite.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
The Group has a comprehensive Key Risk Control Framework for managing its liquidity risk. The liquidity framework meets the PRA standards and is designed to maintain liquidity resources that are sufficient in amount and quality, and a funding profile that is appropriate to meet the Group’s Liquidity Risk Appetite (LRA). The liquidity framework is delivered via a combination of policy formation, review and governance, analysis, stress testing, limit setting and monitoring.
Liquidity risk stress testing
The liquidity risk stress assessment measures the potential contractual and contingent stress outflows under a range of scenarios, which are then used to determine the size of the liquidity pool that is immediately available to meet anticipated outflows if a stress occurs. The short-term scenarios include a 30 day Barclays-specific stress event, a 90 day market-wide stress event and a 30 day combined scenario consisting of both a Barclays specific and market-wide stress event. The Group also runs a long-term liquidity stress test, which measures the anticipated outflows over a 12 month market-wide scenario.
The LCR requirement takes into account the relative stability of different sources of funding and potential incremental funding requirements in a stress. The LCR is designed to promote short-term resilience of a bank’s liquidity risk profile by holding sufficient high quality liquid assets to survive an acute stress scenario lasting for 30 days.
As at 30 June 2022, the Group held eligible liquid assets in excess of 100% of net stress outflows to its internal and external regulatory requirements.
| | | | | | | | |
Liquidity coverage ratio | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| £bn | £bn |
Eligible liquidity buffer | 331 | 285 |
Net stress outflows | (212) | (169) |
Surplus | 119 | 116 |
| | |
Liquidity coverage ratio | 156% | 168% |
The Group plans to maintain its surplus to the internal and regulatory stress requirements at an efficient level, while considering risks to market funding conditions and its liquidity position. The continuous reassessment of these risks may lead to execution of appropriate actions to resize the liquidity pool.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Composition of the Group liquidity pool | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| Liquidity pool | Liquidity pool of which LCR eligible1 | Liquidity pool |
| Cash | Level 1 | Level 2A |
| £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Cash and deposits with central banks2 | 288 | 284 | — | — | 245 |
| | | | | |
Government bonds3 | | | | | |
AAA to AA- | 33 | — | 24 | 1 | 26 |
A+ to A- | 5 | — | — | 5 | 2 |
BBB+ to BBB- | — | — | — | — | — | |
| | | | | |
Total government bonds | 38 | — | 24 | 6 | 28 |
| | | | | |
Other | | | | | |
Government Guaranteed Issuers, PSEs and GSEs | 8 | — | 6 | 1 | 6 |
International Organisations and MDBs | 3 | — | 4 | — | 5 |
Covered bonds | 4 | — | 2 | 2 | 6 |
Other | 2 | — | — | — | 1 | |
Total other | 17 | — | 12 | 3 | 18 |
| | | | | |
Total as at 30 June 2022 | 343 | 284 | 36 | 9 | 291 |
Total as at 31 December 2021 | 291 | 243 | 37 | 5 | |
1The LCR eligible liquidity pool is adjusted for trapped liquidity and other regulatory deductions. It also incorporates other CRR as amended by CRR II qualifying assets that are not eligible under Barclays’ internal risk appetite.
2Includes cash held at central banks and surplus cash at central banks related to payment schemes. 99% (December 2021: over 99%) was placed with the Bank of England, US Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, Bank of Japan and Swiss National Bank.
3Of which over 81% (December 2021: over 82%) comprised UK, US, French, German, Japanese, Swiss and Dutch securities.
The Group liquidity pool increased to £343bn as at 30 June 2022 (December 2021: £291bn) driven by continued deposit growth and an increase in wholesale funding, which were partly offset by an increase in business funding consumption. During H122, the month-end liquidity pool ranged from £309bn to £343bn (H221: £290bn to £308bn), and the month-end average balance was £324bn (H221: £296bn). The liquidity pool is held unencumbered and is not used to support payment or clearing requirements. Such requirements are treated as part of our regular business funding. The liquidity pool is intended to offset stress outflows, and comprises the above cash and unencumbered assets.
As at 30 June 2022, 64% (December 2021: 58%) of the liquidity pool was located in Barclays Bank PLC, 25% (December 2021: 30%) in Barclays Bank UK PLC and 6% (December 2021: 7%) in Barclays Bank Ireland PLC. The residual portion of the liquidity pool is held outside of these entities, predominantly in US subsidiaries, to meet entity-specific stress outflows and local regulatory requirements. To the extent the use of this residual portion of the liquidity pool is restricted due to local regulatory requirements, it is assumed to be unavailable to the rest of the Group in calculating the LCR.
The composition of the pool is subject to limits and controls set by the respective entity Boards and independent liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk functions. In addition, the investment of the liquidity pool is monitored for concentration by issuer, currency and asset type. Given returns generated by these highly liquid assets, the risk and reward profile is continuously managed.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Deposit funding
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | | As at 31.12.21 |
| Loans and advances at amortised cost | Deposits at amortised cost | Loan: deposit ratio1 | | Loan: deposit ratio1 |
Funding of loans and advances | £bn | £bn | % | | % |
Barclays UK | 224 | 262 | 85 | | | 85 | |
Barclays International | 167 | 307 | 54 | | | 52 | |
Head Office | 5 | — | | | |
Barclays Group | 396 | 569 | 70 | | | 70 | |
1The loan: deposit ratio is calculated as loans and advances at amortised cost divided by deposits at amortised cost.
Funding structure and funding relationships
The basis for liquidity risk management is a funding structure that reduces the probability of a liquidity stress leading to an inability to meet funding obligations as they fall due. The Group’s overall funding strategy is to develop a diversified funding base (geographically, by type and by counterparty) and maintain access to a variety of alternative funding sources, to provide protection against unexpected fluctuations, while minimising the cost of funding.
Within this, the Group aims to align the sources and uses of funding. As such, retail and corporate loans and advances are largely funded by deposits in the relevant entities, with the surplus primarily funding the liquidity pool. The majority of reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements. Derivative liabilities and assets are largely matched. A substantial proportion of balance sheet derivative positions qualify for counterparty netting and the remaining portions are largely offset when netted against cash collateral received and paid. Wholesale debt and equity is used to fund residual assets.
These funding relationships as at 30 June 2022 are summarised below:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | Restated1 |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 | | | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Assets | £bn | £bn | | Liabilities and equity | £bn | £bn |
Loans and advances at amortised cost2 | 381 | 358 | | Deposits at amortised cost | 569 | 519 |
Group liquidity pool | 343 | 291 | | <1 Year wholesale funding | 84 | 67 |
| | | | >1 Year wholesale funding | 97 | 101 |
Reverse repurchase agreements, trading portfolio assets, cash collateral and settlement balances | 426 | 388 | | Repurchase agreements, trading portfolio liabilities, cash collateral and settlement balances | 387 | 330 |
Derivative financial instruments | 345 | 263 | | Derivative financial instruments | 321 | 257 |
Other assets3 | 94 | 84 | | Other liabilities | 60 | 40 |
| | | | Equity | 71 | 70 |
Total assets | 1,589 | 1,384 | | Total liabilities and equity | 1,589 | 1,384 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. The contractual maturity profile of Senior unsecured (privately placed) has been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. 2Adjusted for liquidity pool debt securities reported at amortised cost of £15bn (December 2021: £3bn).
3Other assets include fair value assets that are not part of reverse repurchase agreements or trading portfolio assets, and other asset categories.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Composition of wholesale funding
Wholesale funding outstanding (excluding repurchase agreements) was £181.5bn (December 2021: £167.5bn). In H122, the Group issued £3.5bn of MREL eligible instruments from Barclays PLC (the Parent company) in a range of tenors and currencies.
Our operating companies also access wholesale funding markets to maintain their stable and diversified funding bases. Barclays Bank PLC continued to issue in the shorter-term and medium-term notes markets. In addition, Barclays Bank UK PLC continued to issue in the shorter-term markets.
Wholesale funding of £84.2bn (December 2021: £66.7bn1) matures in less than one year, representing 46% (December 2021: 40%1) of total wholesale funding outstanding. This includes £19.4bn (December 2021: £24.9bn1) related to term funding2.
Maturity profile of wholesale funding2,3
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| <1 | 1-3 | 3-6 | 6-12 | <1 | 1-2 | 2-3 | 3-4 | 4-5 | >5 | |
| month | months | months | months | year | years | years | years | years | years | Total |
| £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Barclays PLC (the Parent company) | | | | | | | | | | | |
Senior unsecured (public benchmark) | — | — | — | 0.2 | 0.2 | 6.9 | 7.7 | 5.5 | 3.5 | 14.0 | 37.8 |
Senior unsecured (privately placed) | — | — | — | — | — | 0.2 | — | — | — | 1.2 | 1.4 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1.0 | 1.7 | — | 7.4 | 10.1 |
Barclays Bank PLC (including subsidiaries) | | | | | | | | | | | |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 9.7 | 11.4 | 18.1 | 10.8 | 50.0 | 0.1 | 2.1 | — | — | — | 52.2 |
Asset backed commercial paper | 3.7 | 4.5 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 8.6 | — | — | — | — | — | 8.6 |
Senior unsecured (public benchmark) | — | — | — | — | — | 0.6 | — | — | — | — | 0.6 |
Senior unsecured (privately placed)4 | 7.6 | 1.8 | 1.9 | 3.9 | 15.2 | 6.3 | 7.5 | 2.1 | 3.2 | 20.3 | 54.6 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Asset backed securities | 0.6 | — | — | 0.1 | 0.7 | 0.4 | 2.3 | 0.4 | 0.2 | 1.4 | 5.4 |
Subordinated liabilities | — | 0.1 | 1.2 | 0.2 | 1.5 | 0.1 | 0.1 | — | 0.1 | — | 1.8 |
Barclays Bank UK PLC (including subsidiaries) | | | | | | | | | | | |
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 6.1 | 0.1 | — | — | 6.2 | — | — | — | — | — | 6.2 |
Senior unsecured (public benchmark) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 0.1 | 0.1 |
Covered Bonds | — | — | — | 1.8 | 1.8 | — | — | — | — | 0.9 | 2.7 |
Total as at 30 June 2022 | 27.7 | 17.9 | 21.4 | 17.2 | 84.2 | 14.6 | 20.7 | 9.7 | 7.0 | 45.3 | 181.5 |
Of which secured | 4.3 | 4.5 | 0.2 | 2.1 | 11.1 | 0.4 | 2.3 | 0.4 | 0.2 | 2.3 | 16.7 |
Of which unsecured | 23.4 | 13.4 | 21.2 | 15.1 | 73.1 | 14.2 | 18.4 | 9.3 | 6.8 | 43.0 | 164.8 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total as at 31 December 20211 | 14.1 | 21.7 | 15.5 | 15.4 | 66.7 | 15.4 | 15.1 | 9.9 | 11.4 | 49.0 | 167.5 |
Of which secured | 2.4 | 6.4 | 0.6 | 0.5 | 9.9 | 1.9 | 2.0 | 0.1 | 0.3 | 2.4 | 16.6 |
Of which unsecured | 11.7 | 15.3 | 14.9 | 14.9 | 56.8 | 13.5 | 13.1 | 9.8 | 11.1 | 46.6 | 150.9 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. The contractual maturity profile of financial liabilities designated at fair value has been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. Securities issued by BBPLC in excess of the maximum aggregate offering price registered under Barclays Bank PLC's 2019 F-3 and Predecessor Shelf with a value of £6,997m have been classified as "on demand". 2The composition of wholesale funds comprises the balance sheet reported financial liabilities at fair value, debt securities in issue and subordinated liabilities. It does not include participation in the central bank facilities reported within repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing.
3Term funding comprises public benchmark and privately placed senior unsecured notes, covered bonds, asset-backed securities and subordinated debt where the original maturity of the instrument is more than 1 year.
4Includes structured notes of £45.9bn, of which £8.5bn matures within one year.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Regulatory minimum requirements
Capital
The Group’s Overall Capital Requirement for CET1 is 10.9% comprising a 4.5% Pillar 1 minimum, a 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), a 1.5% Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) buffer, a 2.4% Pillar 2A requirement and a 0% Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB).
The Group’s CCyB is based on the buffer rate applicable for each jurisdiction in which the Group has exposures. On 11 March 2020, the Financial Policy Committee (FPC) set the CCyB rate for UK exposures at 0% with immediate effect. The buffer rates set by other national authorities for non-UK exposures are not currently material. Overall, this results in a 0.0% CCyB for the Group. On 13 December 2021, the FPC announced that a CCyB rate of 1% for UK exposures has been re-introduced and will be applicable from 13 December 2022. On 5 July 2022, the FPC announced that the UK CCyB rate will be increased from 1% to 2% and will be applicable from 5 July 2023.
The Group’s Pillar 2A requirement as per the PRA’s Individual Capital Requirement was set as a nominal amount. When expressed as a percentage of RWAs this was 4.2% of which at least 56.25% needed to be met with CET1 capital, equating to approximately 2.4% of RWAs. The Pillar 2A requirement is subject to at least annual review and is based on a point in time assessment.
The Group’s CET1 target ratio of 13-14% takes into account headroom above requirements which includes a confidential institution-specific PRA buffer. The Group remains above its minimum capital regulatory requirements including the PRA buffer.
Leverage
The Group is subject to a UK leverage ratio requirement of 3.8%. This comprises the 3.25% minimum requirement, a G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB) of 0.53% and a countercyclical leverage ratio buffer of 0.0%. Although the leverage ratio is expressed in terms of Tier 1 (T1) capital, 75% of the minimum requirement, equating to 2.4375%, needs to be met with CET1 capital. In addition, the G-SII ALRB must be covered solely with CET1 capital. The CET1 capital held against the 0.53% G-SII ALRB was £6.0bn.
The Group is also required to disclose an average UK leverage ratio which is based on capital on the last day of each month in the quarter and an exposure measure for each day in the quarter.
MREL
The Group is required to meet the higher of: (i) two times the sum of 8% Pillar 1 and 4.2% Pillar 2A; and (ii) 6.75% of leverage exposures plus capital buffers, including the above mentioned confidential institution-specific PRA buffer. CET1 capital cannot be counted towards both MREL and the capital buffers, meaning that the buffers will effectively be applied above MREL requirements.
Significant regulatory updates in the period
Capital and RWAs
On 1 January 2022 the PRA’s implementation of Basel III standards took effect including the re-introduction of the 100% CET1 capital deduction for qualifying software intangible assets and the introduction of the Standardised Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (SA-CCR) which replaces the Current Exposure Method (CEM) for Standardised derivative exposures as a more risk sensitive approach. In addition, the PRA also implemented IRB roadmap changes which includes revisions to the criteria for definition of default, probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) estimation to ensure supervisory consistency and increase transparency of IRB models.
Leverage
From 1 January 2022, UK banks became subject to a single UK leverage ratio requirement meaning that the CRR leverage ratio no longer applies. Central bank claims can be excluded from the UK leverage ratio measure as long as they are matched by qualifying liabilities (rather than deposits).
References to CRR, as amended by CRR II mean, unless otherwise specified, CRR as amended by CRR II, as it forms part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018. On 31 March 2022, the temporary transitional powers (TTP) available to UK regulators to delay or phase in on-shoring of European Union legislation into UK law ended with full compliance of the on-shored regulations required from 1 April 2022.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Impact of Over-issuance of Securities
Basis of preparation
In March 2022, the Group became aware that Barclays Bank PLC had issued securities in excess of the amount it had registered with the SEC under Barclays Bank PLC’s 2019 F-3 and subsequently became aware that securities had also been issued in excess of the amount it had registered with the SEC under the Predecessor Shelf. The securities issued in excess of the registered amount comprised structured products and exchange traded notes. As these securities were not issued in compliance with the Securities Act, a right of rescission has arisen for certain purchasers of the securities. A proportion of these costs associated with the right of rescission are attributable to the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021, resulting in the restatement of the 2021 figures in the disclosures below.
Prior to the restatement, litigation and conduct charges in the income statement in relation to 2021 were under reported by £220m (pre-tax). This resulted in a CET1 capital decrease of £170m from £47,497m to £47,327m. Both the transitional and fully loaded CET1 ratios remained unchanged at 15.1% and 14.7% respectively. The T1 ratio moved from 19.2% to 19.1% and the total capital ratio moved from 22.3% to 22.2%.
The leverage exposure increased £1.9bn to recognise on a regulatory basis, the potential commitment relating to the rescission offer (see 'Other matters' on page 10). This resulted in the UK leverage ratio moving from 5.3% to 5.2% whilst the average UK leverage ratio remained unchanged at 4.9%. Total own funds and eligible liabilities decreased £0.2bn to £108bn, which was in excess of a restated requirement to hold £94bn of own funds and eligible liabilities.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | Restated1 |
Capital ratios2,3,4 | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.03.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
CET1 | 13.6% | 13.8% | 15.1% |
T1 | 17.1% | 17.1% | 19.1% |
Total regulatory capital | 19.9% | 20.1% | 22.2% |
| | | |
Capital resources | £m | £m | £m |
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests per the balance sheet | 69,627 | 68,465 | 69,052 |
Less: other equity instruments (recognised as AT1 capital) | (12,357) | (11,119) | (12,259) |
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable ordinary share dividends | (595) | (968) | (666) |
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable repurchase of shares | (568) | (1,000) | — |
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable other equity coupons | (32) | (39) | (32) |
| | | |
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions | | | |
Additional value adjustments (PVA) | (1,810) | (1,864) | (1,585) |
Goodwill and intangible assets | (8,232) | (8,035) | (6,804) |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding temporary differences | (1,010) | (938) | (1,028) |
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges | 4,673 | 3,343 | 852 |
| | | |
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from own credit | (62) | 4 | 892 |
Defined benefit pension fund assets | (3,785) | (3,225) | (2,619) |
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments | (20) | (20) | (50) |
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements | 642 | 601 | 1,229 |
| | | |
Other regulatory adjustments | 220 | 64 | 345 |
CET1 capital | 46,691 | 45,269 | 47,327 |
| | | |
AT1 capital | | | |
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts | 12,357 | 11,119 | 12,259 |
Qualifying AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries | — | — | 637 |
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions | (60) | (60) | (80) |
AT1 capital | 12,297 | 11,059 | 12,816 |
| | | |
T1 capital | 58,988 | 56,328 | 60,143 |
| | | |
T2 capital | | | |
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts | 8,442 | 8,334 | 8,713 |
Qualifying T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries | 1,277 | 1,540 | 1,113 |
Credit risk adjustments (excess of impairment over expected losses) | 73 | 98 | 73 |
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions | (160) | (160) | (160) |
Total regulatory capital | 68,620 | 66,140 | 69,882 |
| | | |
Total RWAs | 344,516 | 328,830 | 314,136 |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
1Capital metrics as at 31 December 2021 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 for more information. The transitional CET1 ratio remains unchanged at 15.1%. 2CET1, T1 and T2 capital, and RWAs are calculated applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR as amended by CRR II. This includes IFRS 9 transitional arrangements and the grandfathering of CRR II non-compliant capital instruments. December 2021 comparatives include the grandfathering of CRR non-compliant capital instruments.
3The fully loaded CET1 ratio, as is relevant for assessing against the conversion trigger in Barclays PLC AT1 securities, was 13.4%, with £46.0bn of CET1 capital and £344.3bn of RWAs calculated without applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR as amended by CRR II.
4The Group’s CET1 ratio, as is relevant for assessing against the conversion trigger in Barclays Bank PLC 7.625% Contingent Capital Notes, was 13.6%. For this calculation CET1 capital and RWAs are calculated applying the transitional arrangements under the CRR as amended by CRR II, including the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements. The benefit of the Financial Services Authority (FSA) October 2012 interpretation of the transitional provisions, relating to the implementation of CRD IV, expired in December 2017.
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
| | | | | | | | |
Movement in CET1 capital | Three months ended 30.06.22 | Six months ended 30.06.22 |
| £m | £m |
Opening CET1 capital1 | 45,269 | 47,327 |
| | |
Profit for the period attributable to equity holders | 1,270 | 2,889 |
Own credit relating to derivative liabilities | (76) | (97) |
Ordinary share dividends paid and foreseen | (291) | (593) |
Purchased and foreseeable share repurchase | — | (1,000) |
Other equity coupons paid and foreseen | (192) | (414) |
Increase in retained regulatory capital generated from earnings | 711 | 785 |
| | |
Net impact of share schemes | 132 | (136) |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | (550) | (759) |
Currency translation reserve | 1,333 | 1,703 |
Other reserves | 11 | 35 |
Increase in other qualifying reserves | 926 | 843 |
| | |
Pension remeasurements within reserves | 423 | 1,090 |
Defined benefit pension fund asset deduction | (560) | (1,166) |
Net impact of pensions | (137) | (76) |
| | |
Additional value adjustments (PVA) | 54 | (225) |
Goodwill and intangible assets | (197) | (1,428) |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences | (72) | 18 |
| | |
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments | — | 30 |
| | |
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements | 41 | (587) |
Other regulatory adjustments | 96 | 4 |
Decrease in regulatory capital due to adjustments and deductions | (78) | (2,188) |
| | |
Closing CET1 capital | 46,691 | 46,691 |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
1Opening balance as at 31 December 2021 has been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 for further details. CET1 capital decreased £0.6bn to £46.7bn (December 2021: £47.3bn).
CET1 capital decreased by £1.7bn as a result of regulatory changes that took effect from 1 January 2022 including the re-introduction of the 100% CET1 capital deduction for qualifying software intangible assets and a reduction in IFRS9 transitional relief due to the relief applied to the pre-2020 impairment charge reducing to 25% in 2022 from 50% in 2021 and the relief applied to the post-2020 impairment charge reducing to 75% in 2022 from 100% in 2021.
£2.9bn of capital generated from profits, after absorbing the £0.6bn net of tax impact of the Over-issuance of Securities, was partially offset by distributions of £2bn comprising:
•£1bn for share buybacks announced with FY21 results
•£0.6bn accrual towards a FY22 dividend
•£0.4bn of equity coupons paid
Other significant movements in the period were:
•£0.8bn decrease in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve primarily due to losses on bonds as a result of an increase in yields
•£1.7bn increase in the currency translation reserves driven by the appreciation of period end USD against GBP
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
RWAs by risk type and business |
| Credit risk | | Counterparty credit risk | | Market Risk | | Operational risk | Total RWAs |
| STD | IRB | | STD | IRB | Settlement Risk | CVA | | STD | IMA | | | |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Barclays UK | 6,613 | 53,958 | | 253 | — | — | 76 | | 236 | — | | 11,047 | 72,183 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 40,055 | 71,737 | | 18,739 | 22,099 | 440 | 3,357 | | 17,466 | 28,423 | | 25,296 | 227,612 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 25,516 | 3,643 | | 256 | 34 | — | 64 | | 28 | 195 | | 6,424 | 36,160 |
Barclays International | 65,571 | 75,380 | | 18,995 | 22,133 | 440 | 3,421 | | 17,494 | 28,618 | | 31,720 | 263,772 |
Head Office | 3,488 | 6,069 | | — | — | — | — | | — | — | | (996) | 8,561 |
Barclays Group | 75,672 | 135,407 | | 19,248 | 22,133 | 440 | 3,497 | | 17,730 | 28,618 | | 41,771 | 344,516 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
As at 31.03.22 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays UK | 6,989 | 54,241 | | 229 | — | — | 57 | | 155 | — | | 11,047 | 72,718 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 35,325 | 70,831 | | 16,422 | 21,047 | 268 | 3,675 | | 17,068 | 23,551 | | 25,296 | 213,483 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 21,289 | 3,459 | | 242 | 12 | — | 37 | | 110 | 34 | | 6,424 | 31,607 |
Barclays International | 56,614 | 74,290 | | 16,664 | 21,059 | 268 | 3,712 | | 17,178 | 23,585 | | 31,720 | 245,090 |
Head Office | 5,532 | 6,486 | | — | — | — | — | | — | — | | (996) | 11,022 |
Barclays Group | 69,135 | 135,017 | | 16,893 | 21,059 | 268 | 3,769 | | 17,333 | 23,585 | | 41,771 | 328,830 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays UK | 7,195 | 53,408 | | 426 | — | — | 138 | | 100 | — | | 11,022 | 72,289 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 29,420 | 64,416 | | 15,223 | 19,238 | 105 | 2,289 | | 17,306 | 27,308 | | 25,359 | 200,664 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 20,770 | 2,749 | | 215 | 18 | — | 21 | | — | 57 | | 6,391 | 30,221 |
Barclays International | 50,190 | 67,165 | | 15,438 | 19,256 | 105 | 2,310 | | 17,306 | 27,365 | | 31,750 | 230,885 |
Head Office | 4,733 | 7,254 | | — | — | — | — | | — | — | | (1,025) | 10,962 |
Barclays Group | 62,118 | 127,827 | | 15,864 | 19,256 | 105 | 2,448 | | 17,406 | 27,365 | | 41,747 | 314,136 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Movement analysis of RWAs | Credit risk | Counterparty credit risk | Market risk | Operational risk | Total RWAs |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Opening RWAs (as at 31.12.21) | 189,945 | 37,673 | 44,771 | 41,747 | 314,136 |
Book size | 12,781 | 1,611 | 60 | 24 | 14,476 |
Acquisitions and disposals | (209) | — | — | — | (209) |
Book quality | (3,101) | 117 | — | — | (2,984) |
Model updates | — | — | — | — | — |
Methodology and policy | 3,458 | 3,352 | — | — | 6,810 |
Foreign exchange movements1 | 8,205 | 2,565 | 1,517 | — | 12,287 |
Total RWA movements | 21,134 | 7,645 | 1,577 | 24 | 30,380 |
Closing RWAs (as at 30.06.22) | 211,079 | 45,318 | 46,348 | 41,771 | 344,516 |
1Foreign exchange movements does not include foreign exchange for modelled market risk or operational risk.
Overall RWAs increased £30.4bn to £344.5bn (December 2021: £314.1bn)
Credit risk RWAs increased £21.1bn:
•A £12.8bn increase in book size primarily driven by a £7.8bn increase in lending activities mainly within CIB and a £4.5bn temporary increase in RWAs reflecting the hedging arrangements designed to manage the risk of the rescission offer relating to the Over-issuance of Securities, which are expected to reverse after the rescission offer has been completed in Q322
•A £0.2bn decrease in acquisitions and disposals primarily driven by partial disposal of Barclays' equity stake in Absa in April 2022, offset by GAP portfolio acquisition
•A £3.1bn decrease in book quality primarily driven by the benefit in mortgages from an increase in the House Price Index (HPI)
•A £3.5bn increase in methodology and policy as a result of regulatory changes that took effect from 1 January 2022, relating to implementation of IRB roadmap changes partially offset by the reversal of the software intangibles benefit
•A £8.2bn increase in FX primarily due to appreciation of period end USD against GBP
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
Counterparty Credit risk RWAs increased £7.6bn:
•A £1.6bn increase in book size primarily due to an increase in trading activities within SFTs and derivatives
•A £3.4bn increase in methodology and policy as a result of regulatory changes that took effect from 1 January 2022, relating to the introduction of SA-CCR
•A £2.6bn increase in FX primarily due to appreciation of period end USD against GBP
Market risk RWAs increased £1.6bn:
•A £0.1bn increase in book size primarily driven by a £8.4bn increase due to client and trading activities, offset by a £6.9bn decrease in Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) model adjustment as a result of changes in portfolio composition and a £1.4bn reduction in Structural FX
•A £1.5bn increase in FX primarily due to appreciation of period end USD against GBP
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | Restated1 |
Leverage ratios2,3 | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.03.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
£m | £m | £m |
Average UK leverage ratio | 4.7% | 4.8% | 4.9% |
Average T1 capital | 57,689 | 56,701 | 59,739 |
Average UK leverage exposure | 1,233,537 | 1,179,381 | 1,229,041 |
| | | |
UK leverage ratio | 5.1% | 5.0% | 5.2% |
| | | |
CET1 capital | 46,691 | 45,269 | 47,327 |
AT1 capital | 12,297 | 11,059 | 12,179 |
T1 capital | 58,988 | 56,328 | 59,506 |
| | | |
UK leverage exposure | 1,151,214 | 1,123,531 | 1,137,904 |
| | | |
UK leverage exposure | | | |
Accounting assets | | | |
Derivative financial instruments | 344,855 | 289,822 | 262,572 |
Derivative cash collateral | 66,909 | 64,836 | 58,177 |
Securities financing transactions (SFTs) | 193,682 | 186,417 | 170,853 |
Loans and advances and other assets | 983,784 | 955,020 | 892,683 |
Total IFRS assets | 1,589,230 | 1,496,095 | 1,384,285 |
| | | |
Regulatory consolidation adjustments | (3,546) | (3,605) | (3,665) |
| | | |
Derivatives adjustments | | | |
Derivatives netting | (288,727) | (235,071) | (236,881) |
Adjustments to collateral | (53,328) | (52,181) | (50,929) |
Net written credit protection | 28,102 | 19,729 | 15,509 |
Potential future exposure (PFE) on derivatives | 85,469 | 85,619 | 137,291 |
Total derivatives adjustments | (228,484) | (181,904) | (135,010) |
| | | |
SFTs adjustments | 29,784 | 29,095 | 24,544 |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
Regulatory deductions and other adjustments | (22,758) | (22,332) | (20,219) |
| | | |
Weighted off-balance sheet commitments | 127,400 | 119,933 | 115,047 |
| | | |
Qualifying central bank claims | (294,477) | (260,196) | (210,134) |
| | | |
Settlement netting | (45,935) | (53,555) | (16,944) |
| | | |
UK leverage exposure | 1,151,214 | 1,123,531 | 1,137,904 |
1Capital and leverage metrics as at 31 December 2021 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 for further details. 2Capital and leverage measures are calculated applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR as amended by CRR II.
3Fully loaded average UK leverage ratio was 4.6%, with £57.0bn of T1 capital and £1,232.9bn of leverage exposure. Fully loaded UK leverage ratio was 5.1%, with £58.3bn of T1 capital and £1,150.6bn of leverage exposure. Fully loaded UK leverage ratios are calculated without applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR as amended by CRR II.
The UK leverage ratio decreased to 5.1% (December 2021: 5.2%) primarily due to a £13.3bn increase in the leverage exposure. The UK leverage exposure increased to £1,151.2bn (December 2021: £1,137.9bn), due to the following significant movements:
•£36.8bn increase in derivative financial instruments post additional regulatory netting and adjustments for cash collateral primarily driven by client and trading activity in CIB and the application of a 1.4 multiplier introduced under SA-CCR
•£34.4bn increase in loans and advances at amortised cost primarily driven by increased lending
•£28.1bn increase in SFTs primarily driven by client activity in CIB
•£12.6bn increase in net written credit protection primarily driven by the inclusion of credit default swap options from 1 January 2022
| | |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
•£51.8bn decrease in PFE on derivatives primarily driven by increased netting eligibility due to the introduction of SA-CCR
•£39.8bn decrease due to an £84.3bn increase in the qualifying central bank claims exemption primarily due to the matching of allowable liabilities rather than deposits introduced under the UK leverage framework review, partially offset by a £44.6bn increase in cash
•£20.0bn decrease in trading portfolio assets primarily due to decreases in Equities
The average UK Leverage Ratio decreased to 4.7% (December 2021: 4.9%) primarily due to a £2.1bn decrease in average T1 capital largely as a result of regulatory changes effective from 1 January 2022 and the redemption of AT1 instruments in Q122.
| | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
MREL | | | | | | | |
MREL requirements including buffers1,2,3,4 | Total requirement (£m) based on | | Requirement as a percentage of: |
| | | Restated1 | | | | Restated1 |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.03.22 | As at 31.12.21 | | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.03.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Requirement based on RWAs (minimum requirement) | 98,096 | 94,947 | 77,302 | | 28.5% | 28.9% | 24.6% |
Requirement based on UK leverage exposure3 | 91,532 | 89,025 | 93,975 | | 8.0% | 7.9% | 6.9% |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | Restated1 |
Own funds and eligible liabilities1,3 | | | | | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.03.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| | | | | £m | £m | £m |
CET1 capital | | | | | 46,691 | 45,269 | 47,327 |
AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts5 | | | | | 12,297 | 11,059 | 12,179 |
T2 capital instruments and related share premium accounts5 | | | | | 8,355 | 8,272 | 8,626 |
Eligible liabilities | | | | | 39,137 | 37,886 | 39,889 |
Total Barclays PLC (the Parent company) own funds and eligible liabilities | | | 106,480 | 102,486 | 108,021 |
| | | | | | | |
Total RWAs | | | | | 344,516 | 328,830 | 314,136 |
Total UK leverage exposure4 | | | | | 1,151,214 | 1,123,531 | 1,356,191 |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | Restated1 |
Own funds and eligible liabilities ratios as a percentage of:1 | | | | | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.03.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Total RWAs | | | | | 30.9% | 31.2% | 34.4% |
Total UK leverage exposure4 | | | | | 9.2% | 9.1% | 8.0% |
As at 30 June 2022, Barclays PLC (the Parent company) held £106.5bn of own funds and eligible liabilities equating to 30.9% of RWAs. This was in excess of the Group's MREL requirement, excluding the PRA buffer, to hold £98.1bn of own funds and eligible liabilities equating to 28.5% of RWAs. The Group remains above its MREL regulatory requirement including the PRA buffer.
1Capital and leverage metrics as at 31 December 2021 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 for further details. 2Minimum requirement excludes the confidential institution-specific PRA buffer.
3CET1, T1 and T2 capital, and RWAs are calculated applying IFRS 9 transitional arrangements.
4As at 31 December 2021, MREL requirements were on a CRR leverage basis which, from 1 January 2022, was no longer applicable for UK banks.
5Includes other AT1 capital regulatory adjustments and deductions of £60m (December 2021: £80m), and other T2 credit risk adjustments and deductions of £87m (December 2021: £87m).
| | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Condensed consolidated income statement (unaudited) |
| | | Restated2 |
| Notes1 | Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| | £m | £m |
Interest and similar income | | 7,134 | 5,279 |
Interest and similar expense | | (2,371) | (1,376) |
Net interest income | | 4,763 | 3,903 |
Fee and commission income | 3 | 4,726 | 4,682 |
Fee and commission expense | 3 | (1,302) | (976) |
Net fee and commission income | 3 | 3,424 | 3,706 |
Net trading income | | 5,013 | 3,482 |
Net investment income | | (116) | 152 |
Other income | | 120 | 72 |
Total income | | 13,204 | 11,315 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | | (341) | 742 |
Net operating income | | 12,863 | 12,057 |
| | | |
Staff costs | 4 | (4,583) | (4,334) |
Infrastructure, administration and general expenses | 5 | (2,687) | (2,798) |
Litigation and conduct | 15 | (1,857) | (176) |
Operating expenses | | (9,127) | (7,308) |
| | | |
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures | | (3) | 154 |
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures | | — | (1) |
Profit before tax | | 3,733 | 4,902 |
Tax charge | 6 | (823) | (742) |
Profit after tax | | 2,910 | 4,160 |
| | | |
Attributable to: | | | |
Equity holders of the parent | | 2,475 | 3,752 |
Other equity instrument holders | | 414 | 389 |
Total equity holders of the parent | | 2,889 | 4,141 |
Non-controlling interests | 7 | 21 | 19 |
Profit after tax | | 2,910 | 4,160 |
| | | |
Earnings per share | | p | p |
Basic earnings per ordinary share | 8 | 14.8 | 21.9 |
Diluted earnings per ordinary share | 8 | 14.5 | 21.3 |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
1For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 73 to 100. 22021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income (unaudited) |
| | | Restated2 |
| | Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| Notes1 | £m | £m |
Profit after tax | | 2,910 | 4,160 |
| | | |
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss:3 | | |
Currency translation reserve | 19 | 1,703 | (495) |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | 19 | (913) | (365) |
Cash flow hedging reserve | 19 | (3,818) | (911) |
Other comprehensive loss that may be recycled to profit | | (3,028) | (1,771) |
| | | |
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit or loss:3 | | |
Retirement benefit remeasurements | 16 | 1,090 | 103 |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | 19 | 154 | 115 |
Own credit | 19 | 855 | (47) |
Other comprehensive income not recycled to profit | | 2,099 | 171 |
| | | |
Other comprehensive loss for the period | | (929) | (1,600) |
| | | |
Total comprehensive income for the period | | 1,981 | 2,560 |
| | | |
Attributable to: | | | |
Equity holders of the parent | | 1,960 | 2,541 |
Non-controlling interests | | 21 | 19 |
Total comprehensive income for the period | | 1,981 | 2,560 |
1For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 73 to 100. 22021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 3Reported net of tax.
| | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Condensed consolidated balance sheet (unaudited) |
| | | Restated2 |
| | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Assets | Notes1 | £m | £m |
Cash and balances at central banks | | 283,136 | 238,574 |
Cash collateral and settlement balances | | 132,623 | 92,542 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 12 | 395,824 | 361,451 |
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | | 1,639 | 3,227 |
Trading portfolio assets | | 127,004 | 147,035 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | | 212,723 | 191,972 |
Derivative financial instruments | 10 | 344,855 | 262,572 |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | | 63,194 | 61,753 |
Investments in associates and joint ventures | | 911 | 999 |
Goodwill and intangible assets | 13 | 8,245 | 8,061 |
Property, plant and equipment | | 3,582 | 3,555 |
Current tax assets | | 551 | 261 |
Deferred tax assets | 6 | 5,044 | 4,619 |
Retirement benefit assets | 16 | 5,233 | 3,879 |
Other assets | | 4,666 | 3,785 |
Total assets | | 1,589,230 | 1,384,285 |
| | | |
Liabilities | | | |
Deposits at amortised cost | 12 | 568,670 | 519,433 |
Cash collateral and settlement balances | | 124,724 | 79,371 |
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | | 28,566 | 28,352 |
Debt securities in issue | | 115,906 | 98,867 |
Subordinated Liabilities | 14 | 11,871 | 12,759 |
Trading portfolio liabilities | | 76,638 | 54,169 |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | | 255,136 | 250,960 |
Derivative financial instruments | 10 | 321,396 | 256,883 |
Current tax liabilities | | 449 | 689 |
Deferred tax liabilities | 6 | 5 | 37 |
Retirement benefit liabilities | 16 | 309 | 311 |
Other liabilities | | 11,538 | 10,505 |
Provisions | 15 | 3,426 | 1,908 |
Total liabilities | | 1,518,634 | 1,314,244 |
| | | |
Equity | | | |
Called up share capital and share premium | 17 | 4,508 | 4,536 |
Other reserves | 19 | (218) | 1,770 |
Retained earnings | | 52,980 | 50,487 |
Shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent | | 57,270 | 56,793 |
Other equity instruments | 18 | 12,357 | 12,259 |
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests | | 69,627 | 69,052 |
Non-controlling interests | 7 | 969 | 989 |
Total equity | | 70,596 | 70,041 |
| | | |
Total liabilities and equity | | 1,589,230 | 1,384,285 |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
1For Notes to the Financial Statements see pages 73 to 100. 22021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited) |
| | | | Restated1 | Restated1 | | Restated1 |
| Called up share capital and share premium2 | Other equity instruments2 | Other reserves2 |
Retained earnings | Total | Non-controlling interests3 | Total equity |
Half year ended 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Balance as at 1 January 2022 | 4,536 | 12,259 | 1,770 | 50,487 | 69,052 | 989 | 70,041 |
Profit after tax | — | 414 | — | 2,475 | 2,889 | 21 | 2,910 |
Currency translation movements | — | — | 1,703 | — | 1,703 | — | 1,703 |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | (759) | — | (759) | — | (759) |
Cash flow hedges | — | — | (3,818) | — | (3,818) | — | (3,818) |
Retirement benefit remeasurements | — | — | — | 1,090 | 1,090 | — | 1,090 |
Own credit | — | — | 855 | — | 855 | — | 855 |
Total comprehensive income for the period | — | 414 | (2,019) | 3,565 | 1,960 | 21 | 1,981 |
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof | 33 | — | — | 417 | 450 | — | 450 |
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | 115 | — | 25 | 140 | (20) | 120 |
Other equity instruments coupon paid | — | (414) | — | — | (414) | — | (414) |
Partial disposal of ABSA holding | — | — | (39) | 39 | — | — | — |
Vesting of employee share schemes | — | — | 7 | (464) | (457) | — | (457) |
Dividends paid | — | — | — | (664) | (664) | (21) | (685) |
Repurchase of shares | (61) | — | 61 | (432) | (432) | — | (432) |
Other movements | — | (17) | 2 | 7 | (8) | — | (8) |
Balance as at 30 June 2022 | 4,508 | 12,357 | (218) | 52,980 | 69,627 | 969 | 70,596 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Half year ended 31.12.2021 | | | | | | | |
Balance as at 1 July 2021 | 4,568 | 11,167 | 2,856 | 48,401 | 66,992 | 1,064 | 68,056 |
Profit after tax | — | 415 | — | 2,453 | 2,868 | 28 | 2,896 |
Currency translation movements | — | — | 364 | — | 364 | — | 364 |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | (38) | — | (38) | — | (38) |
Cash flow hedges | — | — | (1,517) | — | (1,517) | — | (1,517) |
Retirement benefit remeasurements | — | — | — | 540 | 540 | — | 540 |
Own credit | — | — | 33 | — | 33 | — | 33 |
Total comprehensive income for the period | — | 415 | (1,158) | 2,993 | 2,250 | 28 | 2,278 |
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof | 35 | — | — | (54) | (19) | — | (19) |
Issue and redemption of other equity instruments | — | 1,078 | — | 6 | 1,084 | (75) | 1,009 |
Other equity instruments coupon paid | — | (415) | — | — | (415) | — | (415) |
Vesting of employee share schemes | — | — | (3) | (13) | (16) | — | (16) |
Dividends paid | — | — | — | (339) | (339) | (28) | (367) |
Repurchase of shares | (67) | — | 67 | (500) | (500) | — | (500) |
Other movements | — | 14 | 8 | (7) | 15 | — | 15 |
Balance as at 31 December 2021 | 4,536 | 12,259 | 1,770 | 50,487 | 69,052 | 989 | 70,041 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 2Details of share capital, other equity instruments and other reserves are shown on pages 89 to 90. 3Details of non-controlling interests are shown on page 78.
| | |
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Condensed consolidated statement of changes in equity (unaudited) |
| | | | Restated1 | Restated1 | | Restated1 |
| Called up share capital and share premium2 | Other equity instruments2 | Other reserves2 | Retained earnings | Total | Non-controlling interests3 | Total equity |
Half year ended 30.06.2021 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Balance as at 1 January 2021 | 4,637 | 11,172 | 4,461 | 45,527 | 65,797 | 1,085 | 66,882 |
Profit after tax | — | 389 | — | 3,752 | 4,141 | 19 | 4,160 |
Currency translation movements | — | — | (495) | — | (495) | — | (495) |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | — | — | (250) | — | (250) | — | (250) |
Cash flow hedges | — | — | (911) | — | (911) | — | (911) |
Retirement benefit remeasurements | — | — | — | 103 | 103 | — | 103 |
Own credit | — | — | (47) | — | (47) | — | (47) |
Total comprehensive income for the period | — | 389 | (1,703) | 3,855 | 2,541 | 19 | 2,560 |
Employee share schemes and hedging thereof | 25 | — | — | 289 | 314 | — | 314 |
Other equity instruments coupon paid | — | (389) | — | — | (389) | — | (389) |
Vesting of employee share schemes | — | — | 4 | (397) | (393) | — | (393) |
Dividends paid | — | — | — | (173) | (173) | (16) | (189) |
Repurchase of shares | (94) | — | 94 | (700) | (700) | — | (700) |
Other movements | — | (5) | — | — | (5) | (24) | (29) |
Balance as at 30 June 2021 | 4,568 | 11,167 | 2,856 | 48,401 | 66,992 | 1,064 | 68,056 |
| | | | | | | |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 2Details of share capital, other equity instruments and other reserves are shown on pages 89 to 91. 3Details of non-controlling interests are shown on page 78.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
| | | | | | | | |
Condensed consolidated cash flow statement (unaudited) |
| | Restated1 |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| £m | £m |
Profit before tax | 3,733 | 4,902 |
Adjustment for non-cash items | (7,115) | 6,977 |
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and advances at amortised cost | (17,667) | 432 |
Net increase in deposits at amortised cost | 49,237 | 19,859 |
Net increase in debt securities in issue | 19,748 | 13,041 |
Changes in other operating assets and liabilities | 14,719 | (5,559) |
Corporate income tax paid | (401) | (712) |
Net cash from operating activities | 62,254 | 38,940 |
Net cash from investing activities | (14,939) | (3,389) |
Net cash from financing activities | (5,500) | (2,562) |
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents | 7,047 | (5,535) |
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | 48,862 | 27,454 |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period | 259,206 | 210,142 |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period | 308,068 | 237,596 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
1.Basis of preparation
These condensed consolidated interim financial statements ("the financial statements") for the six months ended 30 June 2022 have been prepared in accordance with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTR) of the UK’s Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and IAS 34, Interim Financial Reporting, as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and adopted by the UK.
The condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021. The annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 were prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRICs) as issued by the IASB and adopted by the UK.
The accounting policies and methods of computation used in these condensed consolidated interim financial statements are the same as those used in the Barclays PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F for the financial year ended 31 December 2021, as amended (the Annual Report 2021).
1.Going concern
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis, as the Directors are satisfied that the Group and parent company have the resources to continue in business for a period of at least 12 months from approval of the interim financial statements. In making this assessment, the Directors have considered a wide range of information relating to present and future conditions and includes a review of a working capital report (WCR). The WCR is used by the Directors to assess the future performance of the business and that it has the resources in place that are required to meet its ongoing regulatory requirements. The WCR also includes an assessment of the impact of internally generated stress testing scenarios on the liquidity and capital requirement forecasts. The stress tests used were based upon an assessment of reasonably possible downside economic scenarios that the Group could experience.
The WCR indicated that the Group had sufficient capital in place to support its future business requirements and remained above its regulatory minimum requirements in the internal stress scenarios.
2.Other disclosures
The Credit risk disclosures on pages 31 to 52 form part of these interim financial statements. Restatement of financial statements
The comparatives in these condensed consolidated interim financial statements for the six months ended 30 June 2022 (the financial statements) have been restated to reflect both a provision and contingent liability disclosure in respect of the impact of an over-issuance of securities (the Over-issuance of Securities) in excess of the maximum aggregate offering price registered under Barclays Bank PLC’s shelf registration statement on Form F-3, as declared effective by the SEC in August 2019 (2019 F-3) and Barclays Bank PLC’s predecessor shelf registration statement on Form F-3 filed in 2018 (Predecessor Shelf).
Due to a historic SEC settlement order, at the time the 2019 F-3 was filed and the Predecessor Shelf was amended, Barclays Bank PLC had ceased to be a “well-known seasoned issuer” (or WKSI) and had become an “ineligible issuer”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act), thus being required to register upfront a certain amount of securities with the SEC.
In March 2022, Barclays Bank PLC became aware that it had issued securities in the US materially in excess of the amount it had registered with the SEC under the 2019 F-3 and subsequently became aware that securities had also been issued in excess of the amount it had registered with the SEC under the Predecessor Shelf. The securities that were issued in this period comprise structured notes and exchange traded notes (ETNs). As such, certain offers and sales of these securities were not made in compliance with the Securities Act, giving rise to rights of rescission for certain purchasers of the securities. Under Section 12(a)(1) of the Securities Act, certain purchasers of unregistered securities have a right to recover, upon the tender of such security, the consideration paid for such security with interest, less the amount of any income received, or damages if the purchaser no longer owns the security (the Rescission Price). As a result, Barclays Bank PLC has elected to make a rescission offer to eligible purchasers of the relevant affected securities at the Rescission Price (the Rescission Offer).
A proportion of the expected costs associated with the rights of rescission of certain investors are attributable to Barclays PLC’s financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021. Accordingly, the comparatives in these financial
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
statements have been restated. The restatement impacts the consolidated income statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated balance sheet, the consolidated statement of changes in equity, and the consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2021, as well as quarterly and half yearly financial information that is presented within this document. There was no material effect on Barclays PLC’s previously reported financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 and 2019.
The table below reflects each of the consolidated financial statement line items that were affected by the restatement:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Impact on the consolidated income statement | As reported | | Restatement | | As restated |
Half year ended 30.06.21 | £m | | £m | | £m |
Litigation and conduct | (99) | | | (77) | | | (176) | |
Operating expenses | (7,231) | | | (77) | | | (7,308) | |
Profit before tax | 4,979 | | | (77) | | | 4,902 | |
Taxation | (759) | | | 17 | | | (742) | |
Profit after tax | 4,220 | | | (60) | | | 4,160 | |
| | | | | |
Year ended 31.12.21 | £m | | £m | | £m |
Litigation and conduct | (177) | | | (220) | | | (397) | |
Operating expenses | (14,439) | | | (220) | | | (14,659) | |
Profit before tax | 8,414 | | | (220) | | | 8,194 | |
Taxation | (1,188) | | | 50 | | | (1,138) | |
Profit after tax | 7,226 | | | (170) | | | 7,056 | |
| | | | | |
Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income | | | | | |
Half year ended 30.06.21 | £m | | £m | | £m |
Profit after tax | 4,220 | | | (60) | | | 4,160 | |
Total comprehensive income for the period | 2,620 | | | (60) | | | 2,560 | |
| | | | | |
Year ended 31.12.21 | £m | | £m | | £m |
Profit after tax | 7,226 | | | (170) | | | 7,056 | |
Total comprehensive income for the period | 5,008 | | | (170) | | | 4,838 | |
| | | | | |
Impact on the cash flow statement | | | | | |
Half year ended 30.06.21 | £m | | £m | | £m |
Profit before tax | 4,979 | | | (77) | | | 4,902 | |
Adjustment for non-cash items | 6,900 | | | 77 | | | 6,977 | |
| | | | | |
Impact on the consolidated balance sheet | | | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | £m | | £m | | £m |
Current tax liabilities | 739 | | | (50) | | | 689 | |
Provisions | 1,688 | | | 220 | | | 1,908 | |
Total liabilities | 1,314,074 | | | 170 | | | 1,314,244 | |
| | | | | |
Retained earnings | 50,657 | | | (170) | | | 50,487 | |
Total equity | 70,211 | | | (170) | | | 70,041 | |
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
2.Segmental reporting
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Analysis of results by business | | | | |
| Barclays UK | Barclays International | Head Office | Barclays Group |
Half year ended 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Total income | 3,373 | 9,940 | (109) | 13,204 |
Credit impairment (charges)/releases | (48) | (310) | 17 | (341) |
Net operating income/(expenses) | 3,325 | 9,630 | (92) | 12,863 |
Operating costs | (2,083) | (5,042) | (145) | (7,270) |
Litigation and conduct | (25) | (1,832) | — | (1,857) |
Total operating expenses | (2,108) | (6,874) | (145) | (9,127) |
Other net income/(expenses)1 | — | 13 | (16) | (3) |
Profit/(loss) before tax | 1,217 | 2,769 | (253) | 3,733 |
| | | | |
As at 30.06.22 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Total assets | 318.8 | 1,250.6 | 19.8 | 1,589.2 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | Restated2 | | Restated2 |
| Barclays UK | Barclays International | Head Office | Barclays Group |
Half year ended 30.06.21 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Total income | 3,199 | 8,218 | (102) | 11,315 |
Credit impairment releases | 443 | 293 | 6 | 742 |
Net operating income/(expenses) | 3,642 | 8,511 | (96) | 12,057 |
Operating costs | (2,114) | (4,606) | (412) | (7,132) |
Litigation and conduct | (22) | (161) | 7 | (176) |
Total operating expenses | (2,136) | (4,767) | (405) | (7,308) |
Other net income1 | — | 22 | 131 | 153 |
Profit/(loss) before tax | 1,506 | 3,766 | (370) | 4,902 |
| | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Total assets | 321.2 | 1,044.1 | 19.0 | 1,384.3 |
1Other net income/(expenses) represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, profit (or loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures and gains on acquisitions.
22021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. | | | | | | | | |
Split of income by geographic region1 | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| £m | £m |
United Kingdom | 7,972 | 5,895 |
Europe | 1,311 | 1,222 |
Americas | 3,200 | 3,608 |
Africa and Middle East | 31 | 20 |
Asia | 690 | 570 |
Total | 13,204 | 11,315 |
1The geographical analysis is based on the location of the office where the transactions are recorded.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
3.Net fee and commission income
Fee and commission income is disaggregated below and includes a total for fees in scope of IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Barclays UK | Barclays International | Head Office | Total |
Half year ended 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Fee type | | | | |
Transactional1 | 515 | 1,448 | — | 1,963 |
Advisory | 83 | 511 | — | 594 |
Brokerage and execution | 125 | 762 | — | 887 |
Underwriting and syndication | — | 1,102 | — | 1,102 |
Other | 29 | 80 | 2 | 111 |
Total revenue from contracts with customers | 752 | 3,903 | 2 | 4,657 |
Other non-contract fee income | — | 69 | — | 69 |
Fee and commission income1 | 752 | 3,972 | 2 | 4,726 |
Fee and commission expense | (147) | (1,153) | (2) | (1,302) |
Net fee and commission income | 605 | 2,819 | — | 3,424 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Barclays UK | Barclays International | Head Office | Total |
Half year ended 30.06.21 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Fee type | | | | |
Transactional | 408 | 1,181 | — | 1,589 |
Advisory | 83 | 459 | 1 | 543 |
Brokerage and execution | 109 | 553 | — | 662 |
Underwriting and syndication | — | 1,715 | — | 1,715 |
Other | 35 | 73 | 3 | 111 |
Total revenue from contracts with customers | 635 | 3,981 | 4 | 4,620 |
Other non-contract fee income | — | 62 | — | 62 |
Fee and commission income | 635 | 4,043 | 4 | 4,682 |
Fee and commission expense1 | (108) | (861) | (7) | (976) |
Net fee and commission income | 527 | 3,182 | (3) | 3,706 |
1Barclays has corrected the presentation of the scheme fees incurred when Barclays acts as an “acquirer” as part of the payment transaction cycle. From 2022 onwards, the scheme fees reported under "Barclays International" are presented within fees and commission income under "Transactional" fee type, which had previously been recognised in fees and commission expense. The reclassification into Fee and Commission income is a reduction of £103m for H122. The comparatives have not been restated as the effect is not considered material although the effect would have been a reduction of H121: £88m with no impact on Net fee and commission income. There is no impact on Net assets or Cash flows reported.
Transactional fees are service charges on deposit accounts, cash management services and transactional processing fees. These include interchange and merchant fee income generated from credit and bank card usage.
Advisory fees are generated from wealth management services and investment banking advisory services related to mergers, acquisitions and financial restructurings.
Brokerage and execution fees are earned for executing client transactions with various exchanges and over-the-counter markets and assisting clients in clearing transactions.
Underwriting and syndication fees are earned for the distribution of client equity or debt securities and the arrangement and administration of a loan syndication. These include commitment fees to provide loan financing.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
4.Staff costs
| | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
Compensation costs | £m | £m |
Upfront bonus charge | 705 | 824 |
Deferred bonus charge | 280 | 262 |
Other incentives | 44 | 6 |
Performance costs | 1,029 | 1,092 |
Salaries | 2,278 | 2,117 |
Social security costs | 377 | 336 |
Post-retirement benefits | 282 | 275 |
Other compensation costs | 241 | 223 |
Total compensation costs | 4,207 | 4,043 |
| | |
Other resourcing costs | | |
Outsourcing | 268 | 171 |
Redundancy and restructuring | (15) | 23 |
Temporary staff costs | 53 | 55 |
Other | 70 | 42 |
Total other resourcing costs | 376 | 291 |
| | |
Total staff costs | 4,583 | 4,334 |
| | |
Barclays Group compensation costs as a % of total income | 31.9% | 35.7% |
No material awards have yet been granted in relation to the 2022 bonus pool as decisions regarding incentive awards are not taken by the Remuneration Committee until the performance for the full year can be assessed. The current year bonus charge for the first six months represents an accrual for estimated costs in accordance with accounting requirements. One of the primary considerations when evaluating the accrual is Group and business level returns, aligning colleague and shareholder interests.
The Group has entered into physically settled forward contracts to hedge the settlement of certain share-based payment schemes. The present value of the fixed forward price to be paid under these outstanding contracts is £287m and has been recorded in retained earnings.
5.Infrastructure, administration and general expenses
| | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
Infrastructure costs | £m | £m |
Property and equipment | 744 | 709 |
Depreciation and amortisation | 863 | 832 |
Lease payments | 14 | 20 |
Impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets | 21 | 304 |
Total infrastructure costs | 1,642 | 1,865 |
| | |
Administration and general expenses | | |
Consultancy, legal and professional fees | 288 | 262 |
Marketing and advertising | 206 | 163 |
Other administration and general expenses | 551 | 508 |
Total administration and general expenses | 1,045 | 933 |
| | |
Total infrastructure, administration and general expenses | 2,687 | 2,798 |
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
6.Tax
The tax charge for H122 was £823m (restated1 H121: £742m), representing an effective tax rate (ETR) of 22.0% (restated1 H121: 15.1%). The ETR for H122 includes a charge recognised for the re-measurement of the Group’s UK deferred tax assets (DTAs) due to the enactment of legislation in Q122 which will result in the UK banking surcharge rate being reduced from 8% to 3% effective from 1 April 2023. The ETR excluding the impact of this downward re-measurement of UK DTAs was 12.8%, which includes a 5.8% benefit relating to adjustments in respect of prior years. Included in the H122 tax charge is a credit of £110m (H121: £104m) in respect of payments made on AT1 instruments that are classified as equity for accounting purposes. The H121 ETR included a benefit recognised for the re-measurement of the Group’s UK DTAs as a result of the enactment of legislation to increase the UK corporation tax rate to 25% effective from 1 April 2023.
The re-measurement of UK DTAs has resulted in the Group's DTAs decreasing by £318m with a tax charge in the income statement of £346m and a tax credit within other comprehensive income of £28m.
In October 2021, the OECD and G20 Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting announced plans to introduce a global minimum tax rate of 15%. The model rules were released by the OECD in December 2021 with further guidance published in March 2022. Draft legislation published by the UK government on 20 July 2022 to implement the global minimum tax regime is expected to apply for accounting periods beginning on or after 31 December 2023. The Group is reviewing the published OECD model rules and guidance and will review further guidance as well as new legislation to be released by governments implementing this new tax regime as it is published to assess the potential impact of new legislation.
In the USA, the proposed Build Back Better Act was passed by the House of Representatives in 2021 but it was not passed by the Senate and it is uncertain whether various proposals contained in the Act will progress further. The Act included proposals to implement material changes to international tax provisions, including amendments to the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax and the imposition of an alternative minimum tax based on accounting profits. It is unclear at this time whether any of these proposals could have a significant impact on the Group if enacted. The Group will continue to monitor developments and assess the potential impact of any future legislative changes ultimately enacted.
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. | | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Deferred tax assets and liabilities | £m | £m |
UK | 3,046 | 2,183 |
USA | 1,530 | 2,006 |
Other territories | 468 | 430 |
Deferred tax assets | 5,044 | 4,619 |
Deferred tax liabilities | (5) | (37) |
| | |
Analysis of deferred tax assets | | |
Temporary differences | 3,871 | 3,399 |
Tax losses | 1,173 | 1,220 |
Deferred tax assets | 5,044 | 4,619 |
7.Non-controlling interests
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Profit attributable to non-controlling interests | | Equity attributable to non-controlling interests |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 | | As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Barclays Bank PLC issued: | | | | | |
- Preference shares | 15 | 13 | | 529 | 529 |
- Upper T2 instruments | 6 | 3 | | 438 | 458 |
Other non-controlling interests | — | 3 | | 2 | 2 |
Total | 21 | 19 | | 969 | 989 |
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
8.Earnings per share
| | | | | | | | |
| | Restated1 |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| £m | £m |
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent | 2,475 | 3,752 |
| | |
| m | m |
Basic weighted average number of shares in issue | 16,684 | 17,140 |
Number of potential ordinary shares | 428 | 467 |
Diluted weighted average number of shares | 17,112 | 17,607 |
| | |
| p | p |
Basic earnings per ordinary share | 14.8 | 21.9 |
Diluted earnings per ordinary share | 14.5 | 21.3 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. 9.Dividends on ordinary shares
A half year dividend for 2022 of 2.25p (H121: 2p) per ordinary share will be paid on 16 September 2022 to shareholders on the register on 12 August 2022.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| Per share | Total | Per share | Total |
Dividends paid during the period | p | £m | p | £m |
Full year dividend paid during period | 4.0 | 664 | 1.0 | 173 |
For qualifying American Depositary Receipt (ADR) holders, the half year dividend of 2.25p per ordinary share becomes 9.0p per American Depositary Share (representing 4 shares). The depositary bank will post the half year dividend on 16 September 2022 to ADR holders on the record at close of business on 12 August 2022.
The Directors have confirmed their intention to initiate a share buyback of up to £500m after the balance sheet date. The share buyback is expected to commence in the third quarter of 2022. The financial statements for the six months ended 30 June 2022 do not reflect the impact of the proposed share buyback, which will be accounted for as and when shares are repurchased by the Company.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
10.Derivative financial instruments
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Contract notional amount | | Fair value |
| | Assets | Liabilities |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | | £m | £m |
Foreign exchange derivatives | 6,732,093 | | 135,207 | (123,662) |
Interest rate derivatives | 44,275,712 | | 130,628 | (116,541) |
Credit derivatives | 1,640,043 | | 8,128 | (8,228) |
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives | 2,510,981 | | 70,066 | (71,830) |
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | 55,158,829 | | 344,029 | (320,261) |
| | | | |
Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships | | | | |
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | 139,040 | | 701 | (21) |
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges | 107,809 | | 106 | (1,054) |
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments | 4,097 | | 19 | (60) |
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships | 250,946 | | 826 | (1,135) |
| | | | |
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities) | 55,409,775 | | 344,855 | (321,396) |
| | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | |
Foreign exchange derivatives | 5,824,856 | | 76,140 | (74,437) |
Interest rate derivatives | 38,816,432 | | 125,846 | (114,803) |
Credit derivatives | 1,272,104 | | 5,682 | (6,561) |
Equity and stock index and commodity derivatives | 1,899,382 | | 54,010 | (59,946) |
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | 47,812,774 | | 261,678 | (255,747) |
| | | | |
Derivatives in hedge accounting relationships | | | | |
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | 114,313 | | 798 | (3) |
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges | 102,815 | | 59 | (1,129) |
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments | 2,423 | | 37 | (4) |
Derivative assets/(liabilities) designated in hedge accounting relationships | 219,551 | | 894 | (1,136) |
| | | | |
Total recognised derivative assets/(liabilities) | 48,032,325 | | 262,572 | (256,883) |
The IFRS netting posted against derivative assets was £55bn including £12bn of cash collateral netted (December 2021: £24bn including £4bn cash collateral netted) and £55bn for liabilities including £12bn of cash collateral netted (December 2021: £24bn including £4bn of cash collateral netted). Derivative asset exposures would be £306bn (December 2021: £237bn) lower than reported under IFRS if netting were permitted for assets and liabilities with the same counterparty or for which the Group holds cash collateral of £40bn (December 2021: £35bn). Similarly, derivative liabilities would be £293bn (December 2021: £235bn) lower reflecting counterparty netting and cash collateral placed of £26bn (December 2021: £32bn). In addition, non-cash collateral of £13bn (December 2021: £6bn) was held in respect of derivative assets and £3bn (December 2021: £2bn) was placed in respect of derivative liabilities. Collateral amounts are limited to net on balance sheet exposure so as to not include over-collateralisation.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
11.Fair value of financial instruments
This section should be read in conjunction with Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments of the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021 which provides more detail about accounting policies adopted, valuation methodologies used in calculating fair value and the valuation control framework which governs oversight of valuations. There have been no changes in the accounting policies adopted or the valuation methodologies used.
Valuation
The following table shows the Group’s assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by valuation technique (fair value hierarchy) and balance sheet classification:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Valuation technique using | |
| Quoted market prices | Observable inputs | Significant unobservable inputs | |
| (Level 1) | (Level 2) | (Level 3) | Total |
As at 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Trading portfolio assets | 58,419 | 64,329 | 4,256 | 127,004 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 1,115 | 202,026 | 9,582 | 212,723 |
Derivative financial instruments | 11,653 | 329,329 | 3,873 | 344,855 |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 22,455 | 40,696 | 43 | 63,194 |
Investment property | — | — | 5 | 5 |
Total assets | 93,642 | 636,380 | 17,759 | 747,781 |
| | | | |
Trading portfolio liabilities | (47,870) | (28,686) | (82) | (76,638) |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | (193) | (254,496) | (447) | (255,136) |
Derivative financial instruments | (12,674) | (304,343) | (4,379) | (321,396) |
Total liabilities | (60,737) | (587,525) | (4,908) | (653,170) |
| | | | |
As at 31.12.21 | | | | |
Trading portfolio assets | 80,926 | 63,828 | 2,281 | 147,035 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 5,093 | 177,167 | 9,712 | 191,972 |
Derivative financial instruments | 6,150 | 252,412 | 4,010 | 262,572 |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 22,009 | 39,706 | 38 | 61,753 |
Investment property | — | — | 7 | 7 |
Total assets | 114,178 | 533,113 | 16,048 | 663,339 |
| | | | |
Trading portfolio liabilities | (27,529) | (26,613) | (27) | (54,169) |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | (174) | (250,376) | (410) | (250,960) |
Derivative financial instruments | (6,571) | (244,253) | (6,059) | (256,883) |
Total liabilities | (34,274) | (521,242) | (6,496) | (562,012) |
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
The following table shows the Group’s Level 3 assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by product type:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities |
| £m | £m | £m | £m |
Interest rate derivatives | 1,573 | (1,849) | 1,091 | (1,351) |
Foreign exchange derivatives | 786 | (560) | 376 | (374) |
Credit derivatives | 234 | (615) | 323 | (709) |
Equity derivatives | 1,280 | (1,355) | 2,220 | (3,625) |
| | | | |
Corporate debt | 1,171 | (13) | 1,205 | (21) |
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements | 178 | (188) | 13 | (172) |
Non-asset backed loans | 8,660 | — | 6,405 | — |
Asset backed securities | 291 | — | 558 | — |
Equity cash products | 422 | (3) | 393 | — |
Private equity investments | 1,297 | (8) | 1,095 | (6) |
Other1 | 1,867 | (317) | 2,369 | (238) |
Total | 17,759 | (4,908) | 16,048 | (6,496) |
1Other includes commercial real estate loans, funds and fund-linked products, asset backed loans, issued debt, commercial paper, government sponsored debt and investment property.
Assets and liabilities reclassified between Level 1 and Level 2
During the period, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 (period ended 31 December 2021: no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2).
Level 3 movement analysis
The following table summarises the movements in the balances of Level 3 assets and liabilities during the period. The table shows gains and losses and includes amounts for all financial assets and liabilities that are held at fair value transferred to and from Level 3 during the period. Transfers have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the period.
Asset and liability moves between Level 2 and Level 3 are primarily due to i) an increase or decrease in observable market activity related to an input or ii) a change in the significance of the unobservable input, with assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 if an unobservable input is deemed significant.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Level 3 movement analysis |
| | | | | | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement | Total gains or (losses) recognised in OCI | Transfers | |
| As at 01.01.22 | Purchases | Sales | Issues | Settle-ments | Trading income | Other income | In | Out | As at 30.06.22 |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Corporate debt | 389 | 90 | (144) | — | (17) | 54 | — | — | 43 | (11) | 404 |
Non-asset backed loans | 758 | 2,448 | (459) | — | — | 11 | — | — | 50 | (113) | 2,695 |
Asset backed securities | 454 | 72 | (80) | — | (297) | (20) | — | — | 100 | (66) | 163 |
Equity cash products | 303 | 21 | (56) | — | — | 24 | — | — | 52 | (17) | 327 |
Other | 377 | 326 | (42) | — | (5) | 56 | — | — | 39 | (84) | 667 |
Trading portfolio assets | 2,281 | 2,957 | (781) | — | (319) | 125 | — | — | 284 | (291) | 4,256 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Non-asset backed loans | 5,647 | 1,847 | (757) | — | (484) | (334) | — | — | 52 | (9) | 5,962 |
Equity cash products | 90 | — | — | — | — | 3 | 2 | — | — | — | 95 |
Private equity investments | 1,095 | 99 | (16) | — | (1) | 84 | (26) | — | 59 | (4) | 1,290 |
Other | 2,880 | 4,817 | (5,579) | — | (156) | 11 | 182 | — | 99 | (19) | 2,235 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 9,712 | 6,763 | (6,352) | — | (641) | (236) | 158 | — | 210 | (32) | 9,582 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Private equity investments | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 1 | 6 | — | 7 |
Asset backed securities | 38 | — | — | — | — | — | — | (2) | — | — | 36 |
Assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 38 | — | — | — | — | — | — | (1) | 6 | — | 43 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Investment property | 7 | — | (1) | — | — | — | (1) | — | — | — | 5 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Trading portfolio liabilities | (27) | (35) | 3 | — | — | (29) | — | — | — | 6 | (82) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | (410) | (5) | — | (13) | 47 | (22) | — | — | (81) | 37 | (447) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest rate derivatives | (260) | 25 | — | — | (4) | (305) | (9) | — | 271 | 6 | (276) |
Foreign exchange derivatives | 2 | — | — | — | (9) | 273 | — | — | (65) | 25 | 226 |
Credit derivatives | (386) | (36) | 5 | — | 60 | (99) | — | — | 20 | 55 | (381) |
Equity derivatives | (1,405) | (83) | — | — | 171 | 980 | (1) | — | (9) | 272 | (75) |
Net derivative financial instruments1 | (2,049) | (94) | 5 | — | 218 | 849 | (10) | — | 217 | 358 | (506) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | 9,552 | 9,586 | (7,126) | (13) | (695) | 687 | 147 | (1) | 636 | 78 | 12,851 |
1Derivative financial instruments are represented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets were £3,873m and derivative financial liabilities were £4,379m.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Level 3 movement analysis |
| As at 01.01.21 | Purchases | Sales | Issues | Settle- ments | Total gains and (losses) in the period recognised in the income statement | Total gains or (losses) recognised in OCI | Transfers | As at 30.06.21 |
| Trading income | Other income | In | Out |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Corporate debt | 151 | 305 | (87) | — | — | 25 | — | — | 40 | (11) | 423 |
Non-asset backed loans | 709 | 620 | (131) | — | (84) | 13 | — | — | 124 | (106) | 1,145 |
Asset backed securities | 686 | 112 | (294) | — | — | (10) | — | — | 43 | (48) | 489 |
Equity cash products | 214 | 13 | (17) | — | — | 32 | — | — | 29 | (9) | 262 |
Other | 103 | 21 | — | — | (51) | (1) | — | — | 162 | (1) | 233 |
Trading portfolio assets | 1,863 | 1,071 | (529) | — | (135) | 59 | — | — | 398 | (175) | 2,552 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Non-asset backed loans | 5,580 | 698 | (299) | — | (687) | (119) | — | — | 69 | (48) | 5,194 |
Equity cash products | 326 | 160 | (194) | — | — | (171) | 18 | — | 1 | — | 140 |
Private equity investments | 874 | 106 | (9) | — | (8) | (5) | 92 | — | — | (71) | 979 |
Other | 1,726 | 2,291 | (2,389) | — | (162) | (19) | 1 | — | 16 | — | 1,464 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 8,506 | 3,255 | (2,891) | — | (857) | (314) | 111 | — | 86 | (119) | 7,777 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Non-asset backed loans | 106 | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | (106) | — |
Asset backed securities | 47 | 4 | — | — | (5) | — | — | 2 | — | — | 48 |
Assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 153 | 4 | — | — | (5) | — | — | 2 | — | (106) | 48 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Investment property | 10 | — | (2) | — | — | — | — | — | — | — | 8 |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Trading portfolio liabilities | (28) | (3) | 14 | — | — | (7) | — | — | — | 7 | (17) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | (355) | — | — | — | 98 | 7 | (2) | — | (78) | 18 | (312) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Interest rate derivatives | (2) | 9 | — | — | 33 | (121) | 4 | — | 21 | (297) | (353) |
Foreign exchange derivatives | 1 | — | — | — | 58 | (6) | — | — | 3 | (34) | 22 |
Credit derivatives | (155) | (117) | 2 | — | (5) | 12 | (1) | — | 1 | (1) | (264) |
Equity derivatives | (1,614) | (315) | (1) | — | (32) | (221) | (1) | — | 28 | 808 | (1,348) |
Net derivative financial instruments1 | (1,770) | (423) | 1 | — | 54 | (336) | 2 | — | 53 | 476 | (1,943) |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Total | 8,379 | 3,904 | (3,407) | — | (845) | (591) | 111 | 2 | 459 | 101 | 8,113 |
1Derivative financial instruments are represented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets were £3,657m and derivative financial liabilities were £5,600m.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Unrealised gains and losses on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities
The following table discloses the unrealised gains and losses recognised in the period arising on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities held at the period end.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Half year ended 30.06.21 |
| Income statement | Other compre hensive income | Total | Income statement | Other compre hensive income | Total |
| Trading income | Other income | Trading income | Other income |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Trading portfolio assets | 121 | — | — | 121 | 35 | — | — | 35 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | (165) | (22) | — | (187) | (201) | 114 | — | (87) |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | — | — | (1) | (1) | — | — | — | — |
Investment properties | — | (1) | — | (1) | — | — | — | — |
Trading portfolio liabilities | (35) | — | — | (35) | (6) | — | — | (6) |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | (14) | — | — | (14) | 7 | — | — | 7 |
Net derivative financial instruments | 862 | (1) | — | 861 | (367) | — | — | (367) |
| | | | | | | | |
Total | 769 | (24) | (1) | 744 | (532) | 114 | — | (418) |
Valuation techniques and sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to generate a range of reasonably possible alternative valuations. The sensitivity methodologies applied take account of the nature of valuation techniques used, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data and the impact of using alternative models.
Current year valuation and sensitivity methodologies are consistent with those described within Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Sensitivity analysis of valuations using unobservable inputs |
| | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes |
| Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity | Income statement | Equity |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Interest rate derivatives | 75 | — | (108) | — | 51 | — | (79) | — |
Foreign exchange derivatives | 15 | — | (22) | — | 20 | — | (28) | — |
Credit derivatives | 111 | — | (115) | — | 111 | — | (103) | — |
Equity derivatives | 107 | — | (112) | — | 187 | — | (195) | — |
Corporate debt | 36 | — | (35) | — | 38 | — | (28) | — |
Non-asset backed loans | 298 | — | (334) | — | 165 | — | (256) | — |
Equity cash products | 73 | — | (129) | — | 42 | — | (61) | — |
Private equity investments | 272 | 1 | (286) | (1) | 246 | — | (236) | — |
Other1 | 27 | — | (36) | — | 20 | — | (19) | — |
Total | 1,014 | 1 | (1,177) | (1) | 880 | — | (1,005) | — |
1Other includes commercial real estate loans, funds and fund-linked products, asset backed loans, issued debt, commercial paper, government sponsored debt and investment property.
The effect of stressing unobservable inputs to a range of reasonably possible alternatives, alongside considering the impact of using alternative models, would be to increase fair values by up to £1,015m (December 2021: £880m) or to decrease fair values by up to £1,178m (December 2021: £1,005m) with substantially all the potential effect impacting profit and loss rather than reserves.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Significant unobservable inputs
The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities recognised at fair value and classified as Level 3 are consistent with Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021.
Fair value adjustments
Key balance sheet valuation adjustments are quantified below:
| | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| £m | £m |
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads | (539) | (506) |
Uncollateralised derivative funding | (82) | (127) |
Derivative credit valuation adjustments | (388) | (212) |
Derivative debit valuation adjustments | 208 | 91 |
•Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads increased by £33m to £539m as a result of movements in market bid offer spreads.
•Uncollateralised derivative funding decreased by £45m to £82m as a result of reduction in uncollateralised funding exposure due to increases in interest rates which offset impact of wider funding spreads.
•Derivative credit valuation adjustments increased by £176m to £388m as a result of widening input counterparty credit spreads
•Derivative debit valuation adjustments increased by £117m to £208m as a result of widening input own credit spreads
Portfolio exemption
The Group uses the portfolio exemption in IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement to measure the fair value of groups of financial assets and liabilities. Instruments are measured using the price that would be received to sell a net long position (i.e. an asset) for a particular risk exposure or to transfer a net short position (i.e. a liability) for a particular risk exposure in an orderly transaction between market participants at the balance sheet date under current market conditions. Accordingly, the Group measures the fair value of the group of financial assets and liabilities consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.
Unrecognised gains as a result of the use of valuation models using unobservable inputs
The amount that has yet to be recognised in income that relates to the difference between the transaction price (the fair value at initial recognition) and the amount that would have arisen had valuation models using unobservable inputs been used on initial recognition, less amounts subsequently recognised, is £117m (December 2021: £133m) for financial instruments measured at fair value and £221m (December 2021: £230m) for financial instruments carried at amortised cost. There are additions and FX gains of £19m (December 2021: £59m) and amortisation and releases of £35m (December 2021: £42m) for financial instruments measured at fair value and additions of £nil (December 2021: £nil) and amortisation and releases of £9m (December 2021: £17m) for financial instruments carried at amortised cost.
Third party credit enhancements
Structured and brokered certificates of deposit issued by the Group are insured up to $250,000 per depositor by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) in the United States. The FDIC is funded by premiums that Barclays and other banks pay for deposit insurance coverage. The carrying value of these issued certificates of deposit that are designated under the IFRS 9 fair value option includes this third party credit enhancement. The on balance sheet value of these brokered certificates of deposit amounted to £3,065m (December 2021: £790m).
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Comparison of carrying amounts and fair values for assets and liabilities not held at fair value
Valuation methodologies employed in calculating the fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost are consistent with those described within Note 17, Fair value of financial instruments in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021.
The following table summarises the fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost on the Group’s balance sheet.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| Carrying amount | Fair value | Carrying amount | Fair value |
Financial assets | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 395,824 | 396,475 | 361,451 | 362,424 |
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 1,639 | 1,639 | 3,227 | 3,227 |
| | | | |
Financial liabilities | | | | |
Deposits at amortised cost | (568,670) | (568,715) | (519,433) | (519,436) |
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | (28,566) | (28,569) | (28,352) | (28,358) |
Debt securities in issue | (115,906) | (115,777) | (98,867) | (100,657) |
Subordinated liabilities | (11,871) | (11,799) | (12,759) | (13,334) |
12.Loans and advances and deposits at amortised cost
| | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| £m | £m |
Loans and advances at amortised cost to banks | 12,532 | 9,698 |
Loans and advances at amortised cost to customers | 337,220 | 319,922 |
Debt securities at amortised cost | 46,072 | 31,831 |
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 395,824 | 361,451 |
| | |
Deposits at amortised cost from banks | 29,891 | 17,819 |
Deposits at amortised cost from customers | 538,779 | 501,614 |
Total deposits at amortised cost | 568,670 | 519,433 |
13.Goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill and intangible assets are allocated to business operations according to business segments as follows:
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| Goodwill | Intangibles | Total | Goodwill | Intangibles | Total |
| £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Barclays UK | 3,560 | 1,247 | 4,807 | 3,560 | 1,233 | 4,793 |
Barclays International | 308 | 3,079 | 3,387 | 291 | 2,930 | 3,221 |
Head Office | 44 | 7 | 51 | 42 | 5 | 47 |
Total | 3,912 | 4,333 | 8,245 | 3,893 | 4,168 | 8,061 |
The Group performed an impairment review to assess the recoverability of its goodwill and intangible asset balances as at 31 December 2021. The outcome of this review is disclosed on pages 382-385 of the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021. No impairment was recognised as a result of the review as value in use exceeded carrying amount. A review of the Group's goodwill and intangible assets as at 30 June 2022 did not identify the presence of impairment.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
14.Subordinated liabilities
| | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Year ended 31.12.21 |
| £m | £m |
Opening balance as at 1 January | 12,759 | 16,341 |
Issuances | 259 | 1,890 |
Redemptions | (1,180) | (4,807) |
Other | 33 | (665) |
Closing balance | 11,871 | 12,759 |
Issuances of £259m comprise £128m USD Floating Rate Notes, £89m ZAR Floating Rate Notes and £42m EUR Floating Rate Notes issued externally by Barclays subsidiaries.
Redemptions of £1,180m comprise £1,039m notes issued externally by Barclays Bank PLC, £74m USD Floating Rate Notes issued externally by a Barclays subsidiary and £67m GBP Undated Subordinated Loan Notes (secured) issued externally by a Barclays securitisation special purpose vehicle (SPV). £1,039m notes issued externally by Barclays Bank PLC comprise £838m EUR 6.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes, £147m USD 6.86% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes, £42m EUR Subordinated Floating Rate Notes and £12m GBP 6% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes.
Other movements predominantly comprise foreign exchange movements and fair value hedge adjustments.
15.Provisions
| | | | | | | | |
| | Restated1 |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| £m | £m |
Customer redress | 1,985 | 530 |
Legal, competition and regulatory matters | 418 | 226 |
Redundancy and restructuring | 216 | 326 |
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees | 526 | 542 |
Onerous contracts | — | 5 |
Sundry provisions | 281 | 279 |
Total | 3,426 | 1,908 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information. Over-issuance of securities
As at 30 June 2022, Barclays PLC has recognised a balance sheet provision of £1,757m (December 2021: £220m) in relation to the Over-issuance of Securities (see Basis of preparation on page 73 for more information), out of which £1,592m (December 2021: £220m) is due to the over-issuance of structured notes (within Customer redress) and £165m (December 2021: nil) relates to liabilities that could be incurred arising out of ongoing discussions in respect of a potential SEC resolution (within Legal, competition and regulatory matters). The amount of the provision in relation to the rescission rights of investors in over-issued structured notes is determined by (among other things) the market value of the structured notes subject to the Rescission Offer, participation rates in such Rescission Offer, prevailing interest rates, and movements in foreign exchange rates. The majority of the structured notes subject to the Rescission Offer provide an equity linked return to investors. As such, the value of these notes is highly sensitive to movements in the price of individual securities and a range of indices.
The increase in the provision of £1,372m predominantly reflects a reduction in the market value of the structured notes and additional accrued interest that would be payable to investors on rescission. The US equity markets have been volatile during the first half of 2022, with significant reductions in the value of US equity indices such as the S&P 500 from the year end 2021 levels, which has led to a reduction in the market value of the structured notes, and increased the size of the provision. The provision does not include the impact of market hedges that have been entered into subsequent to the year-end and were initiated from the end of the first quarter of 2022 to reduce the net volatility to the income statement. When
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
determining these market hedges, consideration was given to changes in the rescission costs which would arise from volatility in the market along with the positioning of the Markets business.
The structured notes also accrue interest on a monthly basis (at current prevailing interest rates and participation rate assumptions this is c£34m a month) until the Rescission Price has been paid. The provision also assumes that not all structured note investors whose securities are out of the money will accept the Rescission Offer. If all investors were to accept the Rescission Offer, the provision would increase by c£60m.
The remaining increase in the provision of £165m results from Barclays PLC’s estimate of the potential SEC resolution.
16.Retirement benefits
As at 30 June 2022, the Group’s IAS 19 net pension surplus across all schemes was £4.9bn (December 2021: £3.6bn). The UK Retirement Fund (UKRF), which is the Group’s main scheme, had an IAS 19 net pension surplus of £5.2bn (December 2021: £3.8bn). The movement for the UKRF was driven by an overall increase in AA corporate bond yields (used for discounting future liabilities), a reduction in long-term expected price inflation assumption and the payment of deficit reduction contributions. These movements were partially offset by the fall in the value of UKRF's assets and the impact of high recent inflation on the liabilities.
UKRF funding valuations
The latest annual update as at 30 September 2021 showed the funding position had improved to a surplus of £0.6bn from a deficit of £0.9bn shown at 30 September 2020. The improvement was mainly due to £0.7bn of deficit reduction contributions and favourable asset returns, partially offset by higher expected long term price inflation. The deficit recovery plan agreed at the last triennial valuation requires deficit reduction contributions from Barclays Bank PLC of £294m in 2022 and £286m in 2023. The deficit reduction contributions are in addition to the regular contributions to meet the Group’s share of the cost of benefits accruing over each year. £147m of the 2022 deficit reduction contributions were paid in April, with the remaining £147m due in September. The next triennial actuarial valuation of the UKRF is due to be completed in 2023 with an effective date of 30 September 2022.
During 2019 and 2020, the UKRF, the Group’s main pension scheme, subscribed for non-transferable listed senior fixed rate notes for £1.25bn issued by entities consolidated within the Group under IFRS 10. As a result of these transactions, the CET1 impact of the 2019 and 2020 deficit contributions was deferred until 2023, 2024 and 2025 upon maturity of the notes. Following the PRA’s statement on 13 April 2022, Barclays is planning to unwind these transactions and to agree the terms and timing of this unwind with the UKRF Trustee as part of the next triennial actuarial valuation as at 30 September 2022. Upon unwind, this would result in a c.30bps reduction to the CET1 ratio potentially being accelerated to Q4 2022 from 2023, 2024 and 2025.
17.Called up share capital
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Ordinary share capital | Share premium | Total share capital and share premium |
Half year ended 30.06.22 | £m | £m | £m |
Opening balance as at 1 January | 4,188 | 348 | 4,536 |
Issue of shares under employee share schemes | 6 | 27 | 33 |
Repurchase of shares | (61) | — | (61) |
Closing balance | 4,133 | 375 | 4,508 |
Called up share capital comprises 16,531m (December 2021: 16,752m) ordinary shares of 25p each. The decrease is mainly due to the repurchase of 244m shares as part of the £1.0bn share buyback announced in the FY21 results, partially offset by an increase due to the issuance of shares under employee share schemes.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
18.Other equity instruments
| | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 | Year ended 31.12.21 |
| £m | £m |
Opening balance as at 1 January | 12,259 | 11,172 |
Issuances | 1,247 | 1,078 |
Redemptions | (1,132) | — |
Securities held by the Group | (17) | 9 |
Closing balance | 12,357 | 12,259 |
Other equity instruments of £12,357m (December 2021: £12,259m) comprise AT1 securities issued by Barclays PLC. There was one issuance and one redemption in the six months to 30 June 2022.
The AT1 securities are perpetual securities with no fixed maturity and are structured to qualify as AT1 instruments under prevailing capital rules applicable as at the relevant issue date. AT1 securities are undated and are redeemable, at the option of Barclays PLC, in whole on (i) the initial call date, or on any fifth anniversary after the initial call date or (ii) any day falling in a named period ending on the initial reset date, or on any fifth anniversary after the initial reset date. In addition, the AT1 securities are redeemable, at the option of Barclays PLC, in whole in the event of certain changes in the tax or regulatory treatment of the securities. Any redemptions require the prior consent of the PRA.
All Barclays PLC AT1 securities will be converted into ordinary shares of Barclays PLC, at a pre-determined price, should the fully loaded CET1 ratio of the Group fall below 7%.
19.Other reserves
| | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
| £m | £m |
Currency translation reserve | 4,443 | 2,740 |
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | (1,081) | (283) |
Cash flow hedging reserve | (4,671) | (853) |
Own credit reserve | (103) | (960) |
Other reserves and treasury shares | 1,194 | 1,126 |
Total | (218) | 1,770 |
Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Group’s net investment in foreign operations, net of the effects of hedging.
As at 30 June 2022, there was a credit balance of £4,443m (December 2021: £2,740m credit) in the currency translation reserve. The £1,703m credit movement principally reflects the weakening of GBP against USD during the period.
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
The fair value through other comprehensive income reserve represents the changes in the fair value of fair value through other comprehensive income investments since initial recognition.
As at 30 June 2022, there was a debit balance of £1,081m (December 2021: £283m debit) in the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve. The loss of £798m is principally driven by a loss of £1,237m from the decrease in fair value of bonds due to increasing bond yields, £5m of net gains transferred to the income statement and £39m of gains transferred to retained earnings on sale of 7.45% equity stake in Absa Group Limited. This is partially offset by a gain of £153m due to an increase in the Absa Group Limited share price and a tax credit of £326m.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Cash flow hedging reserve
The cash flow hedging reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be recycled to the income statement when the hedged transactions affect profit or loss.
As at 30 June 2022, there was a debit balance of £4,671m (December 2021: £853m debit) in the cash flow hedging reserve. The decrease of £3,818m principally reflects a £4,747m decrease in the fair value of interest rate swaps held for hedging purposes as major interest rate forward curves increased and £429m of gains transferred to the income statement. This is partially offset by a tax credit of £1,358m.
Own credit reserve
The own credit reserve reflects the cumulative own credit gains and losses on financial liabilities at fair value. Amounts in the own credit reserve are not recycled to profit or loss in future periods.
As at 30 June 2022, there was a debit balance of £103m (December 2021: £960m debit) in the own credit reserve. The movement of £857m principally reflects a £1,258m gain from the widening of Barclays’ funding spreads partially offset by a tax charge of £403m.
Other reserves and treasury shares
Other reserves relate to redeemed ordinary and preference shares issued by the Group. Treasury shares relate to Barclays PLC shares held principally in relation to the Group’s various share schemes.
As at 30 June 2022, there was a credit balance of £1,194m (December 2021: £1,126m credit) in other reserves and treasury shares. This is driven by an increase of £61m due to the repurchase of 244m shares as part of the £1.0bn share buyback and a £7m increase in the treasury shares balance held in relation to employee share schemes.
20.Contingent liabilities and commitments
| | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Contingent liabilities and financial guarantees | £m | £m |
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | 16,463 | 15,549 |
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | 5,877 | 5,797 |
Total | 22,340 | 21,346 |
| | |
Commitments | | |
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | 1,888 | 1,584 |
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments | 396,038 | 344,127 |
Total | 397,926 | 345,711 |
Further details on contingent liabilities, where it is not practicable to disclose an estimate of the potential financial effect on Barclays relating to legal and competition and regulatory matters can be found in Note 21.
21.Legal, competition and regulatory matters
The Group faces legal, competition and regulatory challenges, many of which are beyond our control. The extent of the impact of these matters cannot always be predicted but may materially impact our operations, financial results, condition and prospects. Matters arising from a set of similar circumstances can give rise to either a contingent liability or a provision, or both, depending on the relevant facts and circumstances.
The recognition of provisions in relation to such matters involves critical accounting estimates and judgments in accordance with the relevant accounting policies applicable to Note 15, Provisions. We have not disclosed an estimate of the potential financial impact or effect on the Group of contingent liabilities where it is not currently practicable to do so. Various matters detailed in this note seek damages of an unspecified amount. While certain matters specify the damages claimed, such claimed amounts do not necessarily reflect the Group’s potential financial exposure in respect of those matters.
Matters are ordered under headings corresponding to the financial statements in which they are disclosed.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
1.Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC
Investigations into certain advisory services agreements
FCA proceedings
In 2008, Barclays Bank PLC and Qatar Holdings LLC entered into two advisory service agreements (the Agreements). The Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) conducted an investigation into whether the Agreements may have related to Barclays PLC’s capital raisings in June and November 2008 (the Capital Raisings) and therefore should have been disclosed in the announcements or public documents relating to the Capital Raisings. In 2013, the FCA issued warning notices (the Notices) finding that Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC acted recklessly and in breach of certain disclosure-related listing rules, and that Barclays PLC was also in breach of Listing Principle 3. The financial penalty provided in the Notices is £50m. Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC continue to contest the findings. Following the conclusion of the Serious Fraud Office (SFO) proceedings against certain former Barclays executives resulting in their acquittals, the FCA proceedings, which were stayed, have resumed. A hearing took place before the Regulatory Decisions Committee in the first quarter of 2022 and a decision is expected in the second half of 2022.
Investigations into LIBOR and other benchmarks and related civil actions
Regulators and law enforcement agencies, including certain competition authorities, from a number of governments have conducted investigations relating to Barclays Bank PLC’s involvement in allegedly manipulating certain financial benchmarks, such as LIBOR. Various individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Group and other banks in relation to the alleged manipulation of LIBOR and/or other benchmarks.
USD LIBOR civil actions
The majority of the USD LIBOR cases, which have been filed in various US jurisdictions, have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the US District Court in the Southern District of New York (SDNY). The complaints are substantially similar and allege, among other things, that Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) and other financial institutions individually and collectively violated provisions of the US Sherman Antitrust Act (Antitrust Act), the US Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), the US Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and various state laws by manipulating USD LIBOR rates.
Putative class actions and individual actions seek unspecified damages with the exception of one lawsuit, in which the plaintiffs are seeking no less than $100m in actual damages and additional punitive damages against all defendants, including Barclays Bank PLC. Some of the lawsuits also seek trebling of damages under the Antitrust Act and RICO. Barclays Bank PLC has previously settled certain claims. Two class action settlements, where Barclays Bank PLC has respectively paid $7.1m and $20m, have received final court approval. Barclays Bank PLC also settled two further matters for $7.5m, and $1.95m respectively.
Sterling LIBOR civil actions
In 2016, two putative class actions filed in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other Sterling LIBOR panel banks alleging, among other things, that the defendants manipulated the Sterling LIBOR rate in violation of the Antitrust Act, CEA and RICO, were consolidated. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the claims was granted in 2018. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal.
Japanese Yen LIBOR civil actions
In 2012, a putative class action was filed in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and other Japanese Yen LIBOR panel banks by a lead plaintiff involved in exchange-traded derivatives and members of the Japanese Bankers Association’s Euroyen Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate (Euroyen TIBOR) panel. The complaint alleges, among other things, manipulation of the Euroyen TIBOR and Yen LIBOR rates and breaches of the CEA and the Antitrust Act. In 2014, the court dismissed the plaintiff’s antitrust claims, and, in 2020, the court dismissed the plaintiff’s remaining CEA claims. The plaintiff has appealed the lower court’s dismissal of such claims.
In 2015, a second putative class action, making similar allegations to the above class action, was filed in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI. Barclays and the plaintiffs have reached a settlement of $17.75m for both actions, which is subject to court approval.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
SIBOR/SOR civil action
In 2016, a putative class action was filed in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other defendants, alleging manipulation of the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and Singapore Swap Offer Rate (SOR). The plaintiffs and remaining defendants (which includes Barclays Bank PLC) have reached a joint settlement to resolve this matter for $91m, which has received preliminary court approval. A final court approval hearing has been scheduled for November 2022. The financial impact of Barclays’ share of the joint settlement is not expected to be material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
ICE LIBOR civil actions
In 2019, several putative class actions were filed in the SDNY against a panel of banks, including Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI, other financial institution defendants and Intercontinental Exchange Inc. and certain of its affiliates (ICE), asserting antitrust claims that defendants manipulated USD LIBOR through defendants’ submissions to ICE. These actions have been consolidated. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was granted in 2020 and the plaintiffs appealed. In February 2022, the dismissal was affirmed on appeal. The plaintiffs have not sought U.S. Supreme Court review. This matter is now concluded.
In August 2020, an ICE LIBOR-related action was filed by a group of individual plaintiffs in the US District Court for the Northern District of California on behalf of individual borrowers and consumers of loans and credit cards with variable interest rates linked to USD ICE LIBOR. The plaintiffs' motion seeking, among other things, preliminary and permanent injunctions to enjoin the defendants from continuing to set LIBOR or enforce any financial instrument that relies in whole or in part on USD LIBOR was denied. The defendants have moved to dismiss the case.
Non-US benchmarks civil actions
There remains one claim, issued in 2017, against Barclays Bank PLC and other banks in the UK in connection with alleged manipulation of LIBOR. Proceedings have also been brought in a number of other jurisdictions in Europe, Argentina and Israel relating to alleged manipulation of LIBOR and EURIBOR. Additional proceedings in other jurisdictions may be brought in the future.
Credit Default Swap civil action
A putative antitrust class action is pending in New Mexico federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and various other financial institutions. The plaintiffs, the New Mexico State Investment Council and certain New Mexico pension funds, allege that the defendants conspired to manipulate the benchmark price used to value Credit Default Swap (CDS) contracts at settlement (i.e. the CDS final auction price). The plaintiffs allege violations of US antitrust laws and the CEA, and unjust enrichment under state law. The defendants have moved to dismiss the case.
Foreign Exchange investigations and related civil actions
In 2015, the Group reached settlements totalling approximately $2.38bn with various US federal and state authorities and the FCA in relation to investigations into certain sales and trading practices in the Foreign Exchange market.
The European Commission announced two settlements in May 2019 and the Group paid penalties totalling approximately €210m. In June 2019, the Swiss Competition Commission announced two settlements and the Group paid penalties totalling approximately CHF27m. In December 2021, the European Commission announced a final settlement which required the Group to pay penalties totalling approximately €54m, which amount has been provided for in previous periods. The financial impact of any ongoing investigations is not expected to be material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
Various individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against the Group and other banks in relation to alleged manipulation of Foreign Exchange markets.
FX opt out civil action
In 2018, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI settled a consolidated action filed in the SDNY, alleging manipulation of Foreign Exchange markets (Consolidated FX Action), for a total amount of $384m. Also in 2018, a group of plaintiffs who opted out of the Consolidated FX Action filed a complaint in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other defendants. Some of the plaintiffs' claims were dismissed in 2020.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Retail basis civil action
In 2015, a putative class action was filed against several international banks, including Barclays PLC and BCI, on behalf of a proposed class of individuals who exchanged currencies on a retail basis at bank branches (Retail Basis Claims). The SDNY has ruled that the Retail Basis Claims are not covered by the settlement agreement in the Consolidated FX Action. The Court subsequently dismissed all Retail Basis Claims against the Group and all other defendants. The plaintiffs have filed an amended complaint.
Non-US FX civil actions
Legal proceedings have been brought or are threatened against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and Barclays Execution Services Limited (BX) in connection with alleged manipulation of Foreign Exchange in the UK, a number of other jurisdictions in Europe, Israel, Brazil and Australia. Additional proceedings may be brought in the future.
The above-mentioned proceedings include two purported class actions filed against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BX, BCI and other financial institutions in the UK Competition Appeal Tribunal (CAT) in 2019 following the settlements with the European Commission described above. The CAT refused to certify these claims in the first quarter of 2022 although the claimants are seeking permission to appeal. Also in 2019, a separate claim was filed in the UK in the High Court of Justice (High Court), and subsequently transferred to the CAT, by various banks and asset management firms against Barclays Bank PLC and other financial institutions alleging breaches of European and UK competition laws related to FX trading.
Metals related civil actions
A number of US civil complaints, each on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs, have been consolidated and transferred to the SDNY. The complaints allege that Barclays Bank PLC and other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Ltd. manipulated the prices of gold and gold derivative contracts in violation of the Antitrust Act and other federal laws. The parties have reached a joint settlement to resolve this matter for $50m, which has received preliminary court approval, with the final court approval hearing scheduled for August 2022. The financial impact of Barclays’ share of the joint settlement is not expected to be material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position. A separate US civil complaint by a proposed class of plaintiffs against a number of banks, including Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and BX, alleging manipulation of the price of silver in violation of the CEA, the Antitrust Act and state antitrust and consumer protection laws, has been dismissed as against the Barclays entities. The plaintiffs have the option to seek the court’s permission to appeal.
Civil actions have also been filed in Canadian courts against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Canada Inc. and BCI on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs alleging manipulation of gold and silver prices.
US residential mortgage related civil actions
There are two pending US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) related civil actions arising from unresolved repurchase requests submitted by Trustees for certain RMBS, alleging breaches of various loan-level representations and warranties (R&Ws) made by Barclays Bank PLC and/or a subsidiary acquired in 2007. In one action, the Barclays defendants’ motion for summary judgment was granted in June 2022 and the plaintiffs’ R&W breach claim was dismissed. The plaintiffs may appeal. The other repurchase action is pending.
Barclays Bank PLC has reached settlements to resolve two other repurchase actions, which have received final court approval. Payment of the settlement amount of one of those repurchase actions was completed in the first quarter of 2022, and the other will be completed in the third quarter of 2022. The financial impact of the settlements is not expected to be material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
In 2020, a civil litigation claim was filed in the New Mexico First Judicial District Court by the State of New Mexico against six banks, including BCI, on behalf of two New Mexico state pension funds and the New Mexico State Investment Council relating to legacy RMBS purchases. As to BCI, the complaint alleges that the funds purchased approximately $22m in RMBS underwritten by BCI. The parties have reached a joint settlement to resolve this matter for $32.5m. The settlement was paid in April 2022. The financial impact of BCI’s share of the joint settlement is not material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
Government and agency securities civil actions
Treasury auction securities civil actions
Consolidated putative class action complaints filed in US federal court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions under the Antitrust Act and state common law allege that the defendants (i) conspired to manipulate the US Treasury securities market and/or (ii) conspired to prevent the creation of certain platforms by boycotting or threatening to
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
boycott such trading platforms. The court dismissed the consolidated action in March 2021. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint was granted in March 2022. The plaintiffs are appealing this decision.
In addition, certain plaintiffs have filed a related, direct action against BCI and certain other financial institutions, alleging that defendants conspired to fix and manipulate the US Treasury securities market in violation of the Antitrust Act, the CEA and state common law.
Supranational, Sovereign and Agency bonds civil actions
Civil antitrust actions have been filed in the SDNY and Federal Court of Canada in Toronto against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI, BX, Barclays Capital Securities Limited and, with respect to the civil action filed in Canada only, Barclays Capital Canada, Inc. and other financial institutions alleging that the defendants conspired to fix prices and restrain competition in the market for US dollar-denominated Supranational, Sovereign and Agency bonds.
In one of the actions filed in the SDNY, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the plaintiffs’ complaint. The dismissal was affirmed on appeal; however, the district court subsequently informed the parties of a potential conflict. The motion to dismiss were assigned to a new district court judge and the plaintiffs have moved to vacate the dismissal order. The plaintiffs have voluntarily dismissed the other SDNY action. In the Federal Court of Canada action, the plaintiffs reached settlements with a small number of banks in 2020 (not including Barclays Capital Canada, Inc.). The plaintiffs have commenced the class certification process. There is no court scheduled deadline and the action remains at an early stage.
Variable Rate Demand Obligations civil actions
Civil actions have been filed against Barclays Bank PLC and BCI and other financial institutions alleging the defendants conspired or colluded to artificially inflate interest rates set for Variable Rate Demand Obligations (VRDOs). VRDOs are municipal bonds with interest rates that reset on a periodic basis, most commonly weekly. Two actions in state court have been filed by private plaintiffs on behalf of the states of Illinois and California. Three putative class action complaints have been consolidated in the SDNY. In the consolidated SDNY class action, certain of the plaintiffs’ claims were dismissed in November 2020 and defendants’ motion for partial dismissal of the amended consolidated complaint was granted in part and denied in part in June 2022. In the California action, the plaintiffs’ claims were dismissed in June 2021. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal.
Odd-lot corporate bonds antitrust class action
In 2020, BCI, together with other financial institutions, were named as defendants in a putative class action. The complaint alleges a conspiracy to boycott developing electronic trading platforms for odd-lots and price fixing. The plaintiffs demand unspecified money damages. The defendants’ motion to dismiss was granted in 2021 and the plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal. The district court subsequently informed the parties of a potential conflict and the case was reassigned to a new district court judge. The plaintiffs have filed a motion seeking a ruling that would vacate the dismissal and allow the plaintiffs to file an amended complaint if the appeals court remands the case for further proceedings.
Interest rate swap and credit default swap US civil actions
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI, together with other financial institutions that act as market makers for interest rate swaps (IRS) are named as defendants in several antitrust class actions which were consolidated in the SDNY in 2016. The complaints allege the defendants conspired to prevent the development of exchanges for IRS and demand unspecified money damages.
In 2018, trueEX LLC filed an antitrust class action in the SDNY against a number of financial institutions including Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI based on similar allegations with respect to trueEX LLC’s development of an IRS platform. In 2017, Tera Group Inc. filed a separate civil antitrust action in the SDNY claiming that certain conduct alleged in the IRS cases also caused the plaintiff to suffer harm with respect to the Credit Default Swaps market. In 2018 and 2019, respectively, the court dismissed certain claims in both cases for unjust enrichment and tortious interference but denied motions to dismiss the federal and state antitrust claims, which remain pending.
BDC Finance L.L.C.
In 2008, BDC Finance L.L.C. (BDC) filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of the State of New York (NY Supreme Court), demanding damages of $298m, alleging that Barclays Bank PLC had breached a contract in connection with a portfolio of total return swaps governed by an ISDA Master Agreement (the Master Agreement). Following a trial, the court ruled in 2018 that Barclays Bank PLC was not a defaulting party, which was affirmed on appeal. In April 2021, the trial court entered judgement in favour of Barclays Bank PLC for $3.3m and as yet to be determined legal fees and costs. BDC appealed. In
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
January 2022, the appellate court reversed the trial court’s summary judgment decision in favour of Barclays Bank PLC and remanded the case to the lower court for further proceedings, with the trial scheduled to commence in the fourth quarter of 2022.
In 2011, BDC’s investment advisor, BDCM Fund Adviser, L.L.C. and its parent company, Black Diamond Capital Holdings, L.L.C. also sued Barclays Bank PLC and BCI in Connecticut State Court for unspecified damages allegedly resulting from Barclays Bank PLC’s conduct relating to the Master Agreement, asserting claims for violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act and tortious interference with business and prospective business relations. This case is currently stayed.
Civil actions in respect of the US Anti-Terrorism Act
There are a number of civil actions, on behalf of more than 4,000 plaintiffs, filed in US federal courts in the US District Court in the Eastern District of New York (EDNY) and SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and a number of other banks. The complaints generally allege that Barclays Bank PLC and those banks engaged in a conspiracy to facilitate US dollar-denominated transactions for the Iranian Government and various Iranian banks, which in turn funded acts of terrorism that injured or killed the plaintiffs or the plaintiffs’ family members. The plaintiffs seek to recover damages for pain, suffering and mental anguish under the provisions of the US Anti-Terrorism Act, which allow for the trebling of any proven damages.
The court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss three out of the six actions in the EDNY. The plaintiffs have appealed in one action. The remaining actions are stayed pending a decision on the appeal. Out of the two actions in the SDNY, the court also granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the first action, which is stayed pending a decision on the EDNY appeal. The second SDNY action is stayed, pending any appeal on the dismissal of the first.
Shareholder derivative action
In November 2020, a purported Barclays shareholder filed a putative derivative action in New York state court against BCI and a number of current and former members of the Board of Directors of Barclays PLC and senior executives or employees of the Group. The shareholder filed the claim on behalf of nominal defendant Barclays PLC, alleging that the individual defendants harmed the company through breaches of their duties, including under the Companies Act 2006. The plaintiff seeks damages on behalf of Barclays PLC for the losses that Barclays PLC allegedly suffered as a result of these alleged breaches. An amended complaint was filed in April 2021, which BCI and certain other defendants moved to dismiss. The motion to dismiss was granted in April 2022. The plaintiffs are appealing the decision.
Derivative transactions civil action
In 2021, Vestia (a Dutch housing association) brought a claim against Barclays Bank PLC in the UK in the High Court in relation to a series of derivative transactions entered into with Barclays Bank PLC between 2008 and 2011, seeking damages of £329m. Barclays Bank PLC is defending the claim and has made a counterclaim.
Timeshare loans, skilled person review, and associated matters
In August 2020, the FCA granted an application by Clydesdale Financial Services Limited (CFS), which trades as Barclays Partner Finance and houses Barclays’ point-of-sale finance business, for a validation order with respect to certain loans to customers brokered between April 2014 and April 2016 by Azure Services Limited (ASL), a timeshare operator, which did not, at the point of sale, hold the necessary broker licence. As a condition to the validation order, the FCA required CFS to undertake a skilled person review of the assessment of affordability processes for the loans brokered by ASL (ASL Loans) as well as CFS’ policies and procedures for assessing affordability and oversight of brokers more generally, and dictated a remediation methodology in the event that ASL Loans did not pass the affordability test. CFS voluntarily agreed to remediate the ASL Loans, in accordance with the FCA’s methodology and the remediation exercise is substantively complete. The remaining scope of the skilled person review is also complete. The skilled person made a number of observations, some of which were adverse, about both current and historic affordability practices as well as current oversight practices. CFS is not required to conduct a full back book review but, following a review of certain cohorts of loans to determine historic affordability and/or broker oversight practices that may have caused customer harm, where harm is identified, CFS’ intention is to remediate. To date CFS has identified a number of areas for remediation but the scoping exercise is ongoing. Separately, and notwithstanding this, CFS decided in March 2022 to extend the proactive remediation of ASL Loans beyond those brokered between April 2014 to April 2016 to include the full portfolio of ASL Loans brokered between 2006 and 2018. In the first quarter of 2022, a customer remediation provision of £181m has been recognised in relation to the remediation of the ASL Loans originated outside the April 2014 to April 2016 period. This provision represents the best estimate as at 30 June 2022.
CFS continues to review complaints about other legacy partner finance loans, however, it is not currently possible to predict the outcome of this review or the financial impact on the Group.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Over-issuance of securities in the US
Barclays Bank PLC maintains a US shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in order to issue securities to US investors. In May 2017, Barclays Bank PLC was the subject of an SEC settlement order as a result of which it lost its status as a “well-known seasoned issuer” (or WKSI) and was required to register a specified amount of securities to be issued under any US shelf registration statements filed with the SEC.
On 10 March 2022, executive management became aware that Barclays Bank PLC had issued securities materially in excess of the set amount under its 2019 US shelf registration statement (2019 F-3) and subsequently became aware that securities had also been issued in excess of the set amount under the predecessor US shelf registration statement (the Predecessor Shelf). The securities that have been over-issued comprise structured notes and exchange traded notes (ETNs). Securities issued in excess of the amount registered are considered to be “unregistered securities” for the purposes of US securities laws, with certain purchasers of those securities having a right to recover, upon the tender of such security to Barclays Bank PLC, the consideration paid for such security with interest, less the amount of any income received, or to recover damages from Barclays Bank PLC if the purchaser no longer owns the security and had sold the security at a loss (the Rescission Price). Barclays Bank PLC is expected to launch a rescission offer on 1 August 2022, by which Barclays Bank PLC will offer to repurchase the relevant affected securities for the rescission price (the Rescission Offer). Although the Rescission Offer is expected to reduce liability with respect to potential private civil claims, it will not necessarily prevent such claims from being asserted against Barclays Bank PLC and/or its affiliates, including claims under applicable US federal securities laws.
Further, the Rescission Offer does not bar the SEC and other regulators from pursuing enforcement actions against Barclays Bank PLC and its affiliates, which are expected to result in fines, penalties and/or other sanctions. The Group is engaged with, and responding to inquiries and requests for information from, various regulators, including the SEC. The SEC’s investigation into this matter is at an advanced stage and the Group has had preliminary discussions with the staff of the SEC's Division of Enforcement about resolving this matter.
As at 30 June 2022, Barclays PLC has recognised a balance sheet provision of £1,757m (December 2021: £220m) in relation to this matter, out of which £1,592m (December 2021: £220m) relates to the over-issuance of structured notes and £165m (December 2021: nil) relates to liabilities that could be incurred arising out of ongoing discussions in respect of a potential SEC resolution.
A contingent liability exists in relation to the over-issuance of ETNs due to evidentiary challenges and the high level of trading in the securities. A contingent liability also exists in relation to any potential civil claims or enforcement actions taken against Barclays Bank PLC and/or its affiliates, but Barclays Bank PLC is unable to assess the likelihood of liabilities that may arise out of such claims or actions. Any liabilities, claims or actions in connection with the over-issuance of securities under its 2019 F-3 and the Predecessor Shelf could have an adverse effect on Barclays Bank PLC’s and the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation as a frequent issuer in the securities markets.
Investigation into the use of unapproved communications platforms
In July 2022, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI reached an agreement in principle with the staff of the SEC's Division of Enforcement and the staff of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) in connection with investigations by the SEC and the CFTC of Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions as part of a financial industry sweep regarding compliance with record-keeping obligations in connection with business-related communications sent over unapproved electronic messaging platforms. The SEC and the CFTC found that Barclays Bank PLC and BCI failed to comply with their respective record keeping rules, where such communications were sent or received by employees over electronic messaging channels that had not been approved by the bank for business use by employees. The proposed resolution with the SEC and the CFTC, will include Barclays Bank PLC and BCI paying a combined $125m civil monetary penalty to the SEC and a $75m civil monetary penalty to the CFTC. There will also be non-financial components to the settlements which have yet to be finalised and agreed with the SEC and CFTC. Subject to final agreement of the terms of the settlements and related documentation, as well as the SEC's and CFTC's approval, the civil monetary penalties are expected to be paid during the third quarter of 2022.
2.Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC
HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) assessments concerning UK Value Added Tax
In 2018, HMRC issued notices that have the effect of removing certain overseas subsidiaries that have operations in the UK from Barclays’ UK VAT group, in which group supplies between members are generally free from VAT. The notices have retrospective effect and correspond to assessments of £181m (inclusive of interest), of which Barclays would expect to attribute an amount of approximately £128m to Barclays Bank UK PLC and £53m to Barclays Bank PLC. HMRC’s decision has been appealed to the First Tier Tribunal (Tax Chamber).
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
Local authority civil actions concerning LIBOR
Following settlement by Barclays Bank PLC of various governmental investigations concerning certain benchmark interest rate submissions referred to above in ‘Investigations into LIBOR and other benchmarks and related civil actions’, in the UK, certain local authorities brought claims in 2018 against Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC asserting that they entered into loans between 2006 and 2008 in reliance on misrepresentations made by Barclays Bank PLC in respect of its conduct in relation to LIBOR. Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC were successful in their applications to strike out the claims. The claims have been settled on terms such that the parties have agreed not to pursue these claims further and to bear their own costs. The financial impact of the settlements is not material to the Group’s operating results, cash flows or financial position.
3.Barclays PLC
Alternative trading systems
In 2020, a claim was brought against Barclays PLC in the UK in the High Court by various shareholders regarding Barclays PLC’s share price based on the allegations contained within a complaint by the New York State Attorney General (NYAG) in 2014. Such claim was settled in 2016, as previously disclosed. The more recent claim seeks unquantified damages and Barclays is defending the claim. The NYAG complaint was filed against Barclays PLC and BCI in the NY Supreme Court alleging, among other things, that Barclays PLC and BCI engaged in fraud and deceptive practices in connection with LX, BCI’s SEC-registered alternative trading system.
General
The Group is engaged in various other legal, competition and regulatory matters in the UK, the US and a number of other overseas jurisdictions. It is subject to legal proceedings brought by and against the Group which arise in the ordinary course of business from time to time, including (but not limited to) disputes in relation to contracts, securities, debt collection, consumer credit, fraud, trusts, client assets, competition, data management and protection, intellectual property, money laundering, financial crime, employment, environmental and other statutory and common law issues.
The Group is also subject to enquiries and examinations, requests for information, audits, investigations and legal and other proceedings by regulators, governmental and other public bodies in connection with (but not limited to) consumer protection measures, compliance with legislation and regulation, wholesale trading activity and other areas of banking and business activities in which the Group is or has been engaged. The Group is cooperating with the relevant authorities and keeping all relevant agencies briefed as appropriate in relation to these matters and others described in this note on an ongoing basis.
At the present time, Barclays PLC does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these other matters to have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters and the matters specifically described in this note, there can be no assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters (including formerly active matters or those matters arising after the date of this note) will not be material to Barclays PLC’s results, operations or cash flow for a particular period, depending on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the matter(s) and the amount of profit otherwise reported for the reporting period.
22.Related party transactions
Related party transactions in the half year ended 30 June 2022 were similar in nature to those disclosed in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021. No related party transactions that have taken place in the half year ended 30 June 2022 have materially affected the financial position or the performance of the Group during this period.
23. Interest rate benchmark reform
Following the financial crisis, the reform and replacement of benchmark interest rates such as LIBOR became a priority for global regulators. The FCA and other global regulators instructed market participants to prepare for the cessation of GBP, EUR, CHF, JPY LIBOR and the 1-week and 2-month USD settings of LIBOR after the end of 2021, The remaining USD LIBOR settings are scheduled to cease immediately after 30 June 2023.
How the Group is managing the transition to alternative benchmark rates
Barclays established a Group-wide LIBOR Transition Programme, further detail on the transition programme is available in the Barclays PLC Annual Report 2021. This Programme oversaw transition for GBP, EUR, CHF and JPY LIBOR exposures and continues to work to transition the remaining residual of unremediated exposures off of synthetic rates, in addition to overseeing USD LIBOR transition in preparation for the 30 June 2023 cessation.
| | |
Financial Statement Notes |
The majority of GBP, EUR, CHF and JPY exposures have now transitioned off of LIBOR and good progress has been made with the unremediated exposures reported at year-end 2021. A small residual population of GBP, EUR and JPY contracts remain unremediated at the end of H1 2022. The majority of these have now reset onto GBP and JPY Synthetic LIBOR rates. We continue to work with clients to bilaterally transition these trades and have raised potential risks regarding note holder consent for securitised products and Local Authority consent for Public Finance Initiative (PFI) loan deals with our regulators.
The Barclays Group-wide LIBOR Transition Programme has also commenced focus on the transition of USD LIBOR exposures impacted by the 30 June 2023 cessation timeline. As with GBP, EUR, CHF and JPY LIBOR, USD LIBOR transition approaches will vary by product and nature of counterparty. H122 saw focused efforts to transition uncommitted lending exposure with further wide scale client engagement for other products due to commence in H222. Both active conversion of exposures and inclusion of fallback provisions will be leveraged for bilateral derivative and non-derivatives products. For cleared derivatives, Barclays is working with central clearing counterparties (CCPs) on transition which is expected to follow a market wide, standardised approach to reform similar to the CCP-led conversions in 2021.
The Group met the Q121 Federal Reserve Bank of New York milestone to cease new use of US dollar LIBOR, with limited exceptions. The Group has put in place controls so that any exceptions or exemptions are approved.
24.Barclays PLC parent company balance sheet
| | | | | | | | |
| As at 30.06.22 | As at 31.12.21 |
Assets | £m | £m |
Investment in subsidiaries | 63,633 | 62,528 |
Loans and advances to subsidiaries | 20,369 | 22,072 |
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 24,052 | 25,091 |
Derivative financial instruments | 5 | 4 |
Other assets | 235 | 68 |
Total assets | 108,294 | 109,763 |
| | |
Liabilities | | |
Deposits at amortised cost | 545 | 488 |
Debt securities in issue | 22,389 | 25,658 |
Subordinated liabilities | 10,070 | 9,301 |
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 16,888 | 16,319 |
Derivative financial instruments | 540 | 43 |
Other liabilities | 104 | 117 |
Total liabilities | 50,536 | 51,926 |
| | |
Equity | | |
Called up share capital | 4,133 | 4,188 |
Share premium account | 375 | 348 |
Other equity instruments | 12,347 | 12,241 |
Other reserves | 616 | 555 |
Retained earnings | 40,287 | 40,505 |
Total equity | 57,758 | 57,837 |
| | |
Total liabilities and equity | 108,294 | 109,763 |
Investment in subsidiaries
The investment in subsidiaries of £63,633m (December 2021: £62,528m) predominantly relates to investments in the ordinary shares of Barclays Bank PLC of £36,340m (December 2021: £35,590m) and their AT1 securities of £9,849m (December 2021: £9,493m), as well as investments in the ordinary shares of Barclays Bank UK PLC of £14,245m (December 2021: £14,245m) and their AT1 securities of £2,570m (December 2021: £2,570m). Barclays PLC considers the carrying value of its investment in subsidiaries to be fully recoverable.
Loans and advances to subsidiaries
During the period, loans and advances to subsidiaries decreased by £1,703m to £20,369m (December 2021: £22,072m). The decrease was driven by the maturity of £2,296m intragroup loans to Barclays Bank PLC and the maturity of £836m
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
intragroup loans to Barclays Bank UK PLC. There was also a £397m share buyback which took place in Q222. This was partially offset by a foreign exchange impact of £1,326m due to depreciation of GBP against major currencies (although the FX impact is offset across the balance sheet liabilities) and £1,010m dividend receipts from Barclays Bank UK PLC.
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value
Financial liabilities designated at fair value of £16,888m (December 2021: £16,319m) comprise material issuances during the period of €2,250m Fixed Rate Resetting Senior Callable Notes and $400m Zero Coupon Callable Notes. The proceeds raised through these transactions were used to invest in subsidiaries of Barclays PLC which are included within the financial assets designated at fair value through the income statement balance of £24,052m (December 2021: £25,091m).
Subordinated liabilities and debt securities in issue
During the period, subordinated liabilities have increased to £10,070m (December 2021: £9,301m) largely driven by foreign exchange impact of £819m due to depreciation of GBP against major currencies. Debt securities in issue of £22,389m (December 2021: £25,658m) have reduced in the year due to the maturity of senior issuances.
Called up share capital and share premium
Called up share capital and share premium of Barclays PLC is £4,508m (December 2021: £4,536m). The decrease in the year is primarily due to 244m shares repurchased with a total nominal value of £61m. This decrease was offset by £33m of shares issued under employee share schemes.
Other equity instruments
Other equity instruments comprises AT1 securities issued by Barclays PLC. The increase in the year of £106m is driven by one issuance (principal amount of £1,250m) and one redemption (principal amount of $1,500m).
Other reserves
As at 30 June 2022, there was a balance of £616m (December 2021: £555m) in other reserves. The increase is due to the repurchase of shares as part of the share buyback.
Management of internal investments, loans and advances
Barclays PLC retains the discretion to manage the nature of its internal investments in subsidiaries according to their regulatory and business needs. Barclays PLC may invest capital and funding into Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Bank UK PLC and other Group subsidiaries such as Barclays Execution Services Limited and the US Intermediate Holding Company (IHC).
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
The Group’s management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable information to the readers of the financial statements as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for comparing the businesses’ performance between financial periods, and provide more detail concerning the elements of performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence or are relevant for an assessment of the Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by management.
However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS measures and readers should consider the IFRS measures as well.
Non-IFRS performance measures glossary
| | | | | |
Measure | Definition |
Loan: deposit ratio | Loans and advances at amortised cost divided by deposits at amortised cost. The components of the calculation have been included on the page 56. |
Period end allocated tangible equity | Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2021: 13.5%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to businesses. |
Average tangible shareholders’ equity | Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end tangible equity and the current month’s period end tangible equity. The average tangible shareholders’ equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period. |
Average allocated tangible equity | Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end allocated tangible equity and the current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period. |
Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity | Annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, as a proportion of average shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill. The components of the calculation have been included on pages 102 to 105. |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, as a proportion of average allocated tangible equity. The components of the calculation have been included on pages 102 to 106. |
Cost: income ratio | Total operating expenses divided by total income. |
Loan loss rate | Quoted in basis points and represents total annualised impairment charges divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date. The components of the calculation have been included on page 31. Quoted as zero when credit impairment is a net release. |
Net interest margin | Annualised net interest income divided by the sum of average customer assets. The components of the calculation have been included on page 28. |
Tangible net asset value per share | Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares. The components of the calculation have been included on page 107. |
Income excluding the Over-issuance of Securities | Total income excluding the Over-issuance of Securities. The components of the calculation have been included on page 104. |
Operating expenses excluding the Over-issuance of Securities | Total operating expenses excluding the Over-issuance of Securities. The components of the calculation have been included on page 104. |
Return on average tangible shareholders equity excluding the Over-issuance of Securities | Annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, as a proportion of average allocated tangible equity, excluding the Over-issuance of Securities. The components of the calculation have been included on page 104. |
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
Returns
Return on average tangible equity is calculated as profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent as a proportion of average tangible equity, excluding non-controlling and other equity interests for businesses. Allocated tangible equity has been calculated as 13.5% (2021: 13.5%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office average allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Group’s average tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to businesses.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent | | Average tangible equity | | Return on average tangible equity |
Half year ended 30.06.22 | £m | | £bn | | % |
Barclays UK | 854 | | 10.0 | | 17.0 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 1,895 | | 31.8 | | 11.9 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 188 | | 4.4 | | 8.5 |
Barclays International | 2,083 | | 36.2 | | 11.5 |
Head Office | (462) | | 2.7 | | n/m |
Barclays Group | 2,475 | | 48.9 | | 10.1 |
| | | | | |
Half year ended 30.06.211 | | | | | |
Barclays UK | 1,019 | | 9.9 | | 20.6 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 2,252 | | 28.3 | | 15.9 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 386 | | 4.0 | | 19.1 |
Barclays International | 2,638 | | 32.3 | | 16.3 |
Head Office | 95 | | 4.3 | | n/m |
Barclays Group | 3,752 | | 46.5 | | 16.1 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 |
| Barclays UK | Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Barclays International | Head Office | Barclays Group |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Attributable profit/(loss) | 854 | 1,895 | 188 | 2,083 | (462) | 2,475 |
| | | | | | |
| £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Average shareholders' equity | 13.6 | 31.8 | 5.3 | 37.1 | 6.3 | 57.0 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (3.6) | — | (0.9) | (0.9) | (3.6) | (8.1) |
Average tangible shareholders' equity | 10.0 | 31.8 | 4.4 | 36.2 | 2.7 | 48.9 |
| | | | | | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 17.0% | 11.9% | 8.5% | 11.5% | n/m | 10.1% |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.211 |
| Barclays UK | Corporate and Investment Bank | Consumer, Cards and Payments | Barclays International | Head Office | Barclays Group |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m |
Attributable profit | 1,019 | 2,252 | 386 | 2,638 | 95 | 3,752 |
| | | | | | |
| £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn |
Average shareholders' equity | 13.5 | 28.3 | 4.6 | 32.9 | 8.0 | 54.4 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (3.6) | — | (0.6) | (0.6) | (3.7) | (7.9) |
Average tangible shareholders' equity | 9.9 | 28.3 | 4.0 | 32.3 | 4.3 | 46.5 |
| | | | | | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 20.6% | 15.9% | 19.1% | 16.3% | n/m | 16.1% |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
Performance measures excluding the Over-issuance of Securities
| | | | | | | | | | | |
| Half year ended 30.06.22 |
| Corporate and Investment Bank | Barclays International | Barclays Group |
Income | £m | £m | £m |
Total income | 7,971 | 9,940 | 13,204 |
Impact of the Over-issuance of Securities | (758) | (758) | (758) |
Income excluding the Over-issuance of Securities | 7,213 | 9,182 | 12,446 |
| | | |
Operating expenses | | | |
Total operating expenses | (5,423) | (6,874) | (9,127) |
Impact of the Over-issuance of Securities | 1,469 | 1,469 | 1,469 |
Operating expenses excluding the Over-issuance of Securities | (3,954) | (5,405) | (7,658) |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent | | | | Half year ended 30.06.22 £m |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Attributable profit | | | | 2,475 |
Post-tax impact of the Over-issuance of Securities | | | | 581 |
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent excluding the Over-issuance of Securities | | | | 3,056 |
| | | | | | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | | | | £bn |
Average tangible shareholders' equity | | | | 48.9 |
| | | | | | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity excluding the Over-issuance of Securities | | | | 12.5 | % |
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays Group | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
£m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Attributable profit | 1,071 | 1,404 | | 1,079 | 1,374 | 2,048 | 1,704 | | 220 | 611 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Average shareholders' equity | 57.1 | 56.9 | | 56.1 | 56.5 | 54.4 | 54.4 | | 55.7 | 56.4 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (8.1) | (8.1) | | (8.1) | (8.2) | (7.9) | (7.9) | | (8.1) | (8.1) |
Average tangible shareholders' equity | 49.0 | 48.8 | | 48.0 | 48.3 | 46.5 | 46.5 | | 47.6 | 48.3 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average tangible shareholders' equity | 8.7% | 11.5% | | 9.0% | 11.4% | 17.6% | 14.7% | | 1.8% | 5.1% |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays UK | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q222 | Q122 | | Q421 | Q321 | Q221 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
£m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Attributable profit | 458 | 396 | | 420 | 317 | 721 | 298 | | 160 | 113 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Average allocated equity | 13.6 | 13.7 | | 13.6 | 13.6 | 13.5 | 13.5 | | 13.4 | 13.7 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (3.6) | (3.6) | | (3.6) | (3.6) | (3.6) | (3.6) | | (3.6) | (3.6) |
Average allocated tangible equity | 10.0 | 10.1 | | 10.0 | 10.0 | 9.9 | 9.9 | | 9.8 | 10.1 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 18.4% | 15.6% | | 16.8% | 12.7% | 29.1% | 12.0% | | 6.5% | 4.5% |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Barclays International | | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
£m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Attributable profit | 783 | 1,300 | | 818 | 1,191 | 1,207 | 1,431 | | 441 | 782 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Average allocated equity | 38.2 | 36.0 | | 33.8 | 32.7 | 33.0 | 32.8 | | 31.1 | 31.2 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (0.9) | (0.9) | | (0.9) | (0.9) | (0.6) | (0.5) | | (0.6) | (0.6) |
Average allocated tangible equity | 37.3 | 35.1 | | 32.9 | 31.8 | 32.4 | 32.3 | | 30.5 | 30.6 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 8.4% | 14.8% | | 9.9% | 14.9% | 14.9% | 17.7% | | 5.8% | 10.2% |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Corporate and Investment Bank | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
£m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Attributable profit | 579 | 1,316 | | 695 | 1,085 | 989 | 1,263 | | 413 | 627 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Average allocated equity | 32.7 | 30.8 | | 28.7 | 27.8 | 28.4 | 28.2 | | 26.3 | 26.4 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | — | — | | — | — | — | — | | — | — |
Average allocated tangible equity | 32.7 | 30.8 | | 28.7 | 27.8 | 28.4 | 28.2 | | 26.3 | 26.4 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 7.1% | 17.1% | | 9.7% | 15.6% | 14.0% | 17.9% | | 6.3% | 9.5% |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Q222 | Q122 | | Q421 | Q321 | Q221 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
£m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Attributable profit/(loss) | 204 | (16) | | 123 | 106 | 218 | 168 | | 28 | 155 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
| £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Average allocated equity | 5.5 | 5.2 | | 5.1 | 4.9 | 4.6 | 4.6 | | 4.8 | 4.8 |
Average goodwill and intangibles | (0.9) | (0.9) | | (0.9) | (0.9) | (0.6) | (0.5) | | (0.6) | (0.6) |
Average allocated tangible equity | 4.6 | 4.3 | | 4.2 | 4.0 | 4.0 | 4.1 | | 4.2 | 4.2 |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 17.8% | (1.5)% | | 11.7% | 10.5% | 21.8% | 16.5% | | 2.7% | 14.7% |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | |
Appendix: Non-IFRS Performance Measures |
| | | | | | | | | | | |
Tangible net asset value per share | As at 30.06.22 | Restated1 As at 31.12.21 | Restated1 As at 30.06.21 |
| £m | £m | £m |
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests | 69,627 | 69,052 | 66,992 |
Other equity instruments | (12,357) | (12,259) | (11,167) |
Shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent | 57,270 | 56,793 | 55,825 |
Goodwill and intangibles | (8,245) | (8,061) | (8,196) |
Tangible shareholders' equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent | 49,025 | 48,732 | 47,629 |
| | | |
| m | m | m |
Shares in issue | 16,531 | 16,752 | 16,998 |
| | | |
| p | p | p |
Net asset value per share | 346 | 339 | 328 |
Tangible net asset value per share | 297 | 291 | 280 |
12021 financial metrics have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information.
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent | H122 | H1211 | | Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
£m | £m | | £m | £m | | £m | £m | £m | £m | | £m | £m |
Barclays UK | 854 | 1,019 | | 458 | 396 | | 420 | 317 | 721 | 298 | | 160 | 113 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 1,895 | 2,252 | | 579 | 1,316 | | 695 | 1,085 | 989 | 1,263 | | 413 | 627 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 188 | 386 | | 204 | (16) | | 123 | 106 | 218 | 168 | | 28 | 155 |
Barclays International | 2,083 | 2,638 | | 783 | 1,300 | | 818 | 1,191 | 1,207 | 1,431 | | 441 | 782 |
Head Office | (462) | 95 | | (170) | (292) | | (159) | (134) | 120 | (25) | | (381) | (284) |
Barclays Group | 2,475 | 3,752 | | 1,071 | 1,404 | | 1,079 | 1,374 | 2,048 | 1,704 | | 220 | 611 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| H122 | H1211 | | Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Average equity | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | | £bn | £bn |
Barclays UK | 13.6 | 13.5 | | 13.6 | 13.7 | | 13.6 | 13.5 | 13.5 | 13.5 | | 13.4 | 13.7 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 31.8 | 28.3 | | 32.7 | 30.8 | | 28.7 | 27.8 | 28.4 | 28.2 | | 26.3 | 26.4 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 5.3 | 4.6 | | 5.5 | 5.2 | | 5.1 | 4.9 | 4.6 | 4.6 | | 4.8 | 4.8 |
Barclays International | 37.1 | 32.9 | | 38.2 | 36.0 | | 33.8 | 32.8 | 33.0 | 32.8 | | 31.1 | 31.2 |
Head Office | 6.3 | 8.0 | | 5.3 | 7.2 | | 8.8 | 10.2 | 7.9 | 8.1 | | 11.2 | 11.5 |
Barclays Group | 57.0 | 54.4 | | 57.1 | 56.9 | | 56.2 | 56.5 | 54.4 | 54.4 | | 55.7 | 56.4 |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| H122 | H1211 | | Q222 | Q122 | | Q4211 | Q3211 | Q2211 | Q121 | | Q420 | Q320 |
Return on average equity | % | % | | % | % | | % | % | % | % | | % | % |
Barclays UK | 12.6 | 15.1 | | 13.5 | 11.6 | | 12.4 | 9.4 | 21.4 | 8.8 | | 4.8 | 3.3 |
Corporate and Investment Bank | 11.9 | 15.9 | | 7.1 | 17.1 | | 9.7 | 15.6 | 13.9 | 17.9 | | 6.3 | 9.5 |
Consumer, Cards and Payments | 7.1 | 16.8 | | 14.8 | (1.2) | | 9.7 | 8.6 | 19.1 | 14.6 | | 2.4 | 12.9 |
Barclays International | 11.2 | 16.0 | | 8.2 | 14.4 | | 9.7 | 14.5 | 14.6 | 17.4 | | 5.7 | 10.0 |
Head Office | n/m | n/m | | n/m | n/m | | n/m | n/m | n/m | n/m | | n/m | n/m |
Barclays Group | 8.7 | 13.8 | | 7.5 | 9.9 | | 7.7 | 9.7 | 15.1 | 12.5 | | 1.6 | 4.3 |
1The comparative capital and financial metrics relating to Q221 - Q421 have been restated to reflect the impact of the Over-issuance of Securities. See Basis of preparation on page 59 and Restatement of financial statements (Note 1) on page 73 for more information
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Results timetable1 | | | Date | | | |
Ex-dividend date | | | 11 August 2022 |
Dividend record date | | | 12 August 2022 |
Cut off time of 5:00pm (UK time) for the receipt of Dividend Re-investment Programme (DRIP) Application Form Mandate | | 26 August 2022 |
Dividend payment date | | | 16 September 2022 |
Q322 Results Announcement | | | 26 October 2022 |
| | | | | | |
For qualifying US and Canadian resident ADR holders, the half year dividend of 2.25p per ordinary share becomes 9.0p per ADS (representing four shares). The ex-dividend, dividend record and dividend payment dates for ADR holders are as shown above |
| | | | | | |
| | | % Change3 |
Exchange rates2 | 30.06.22 | 31.12.21 | 30.06.21 | | 31.12.21 | 30.06.21 |
Period end - USD/GBP | 1.22 | 1.35 | 1.38 | | (10)% | (12)% |
6 month average - USD/GBP | 1.30 | 1.36 | 1.39 | | (4)% | (6)% |
3 month average - USD/GBP | 1.26 | 1.35 | 1.40 | | (7)% | (10)% |
Period end - EUR/GBP | 1.16 | 1.19 | 1.17 | | (3)% | (1)% |
6 month average - EUR/GBP | 1.19 | 1.17 | 1.15 | | 2% | 3% |
3 month average - EUR/GBP | 1.18 | 1.18 | 1.16 | | — | 2% |
| | | | | | |
Share price data | | | | | | |
Barclays PLC (p) | 153.12 | 187.00 | 171.12 | | | |
Barclays PLC number of shares (m)4 | 16,531 | 16,752 | 16,998 | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
For further information please contact | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Investor relations | Media relations |
Chris Manners +44 (0) 20 7773 2136 | Tom Hoskin +44 (0) 20 7116 4755 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
More information on Barclays can be found on our website: home.barclays | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Registered office | | | | | | |
1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP, United Kingdom. Tel: +44 (0) 20 7116 1000. Company number: 48839. | |
| | | | | | |
Registrar | | | | | | |
Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DA, United Kingdom. | |
Tel: 0371 384 20555 from the UK or +44 121 415 7004 from overseas. | |
| | | | | | |
American Depositary Receipts (ADRs) | | | | | | |
EQ Shareowner Services |
P.O. Box 64854 |
St. Paul, MN 55164-0854 |
United States of America |
shareowneronline.com | | | | | |
Toll Free Number: +1 800-990-1135 | | | | | | |
Outside the US +1 651-453-2128 | | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
Delivery of ADR certificates and overnight mail | | | | | | |
EQ Shareowner Services, 1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101, Mendota Heights, MN 55120-4100, USA. |
1Note that this date is provisional and subject to change.
2The average rates shown above are derived from daily spot rates during the year.
3The change is the impact to GBP reported information.
4The number of shares of 16,531m is different from the 16,509m quoted in the 1 July 2022 RNS because the share buyback transactions executed on the 29 and 30 June 2022 did not settle until 1 July 2022 and 4 July 2022.
5Lines open 8.30am to 5.30pm (UK time), Monday to Friday, excluding UK public holidays in England and Wales.
‘Advanced Internal Ratings Based (A-IRB)’ See ‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’.
‘Acceptances and endorsements’ An acceptance is an undertaking by a bank to pay a bill of exchange drawn on a customer, for which reimbursement by the customer is normally immediate. Endorsements are to change the payee of a bill of exchange but with no change to the bank’s liability.
‘Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital’ A type of capital as defined in the CRR largely comprising eligible non-common equity capital securities and any related share premium.
‘Additional Tier 1 (AT1) securities’ Non-common equity securities that are eligible as AT1 capital.
‘Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under the AMA, banks are allowed to develop their own empirical model to quantify required capital for operational risk. Banks can only use this approach subject to approval from their local regulators.
‘Agency Bonds’ Bonds issued by state and / or government agencies or government-sponsored entities.
‘Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities’ Mortgage-Backed Securities issued by government-sponsored entities.
‘All price risk (APR)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for the correlation trading portfolio.
‘American Depository Receipts (ADR)’ A negotiable certificate that represents the ownership of shares in a non-US company (e.g. Barclays) trading on US financial markets.
‘Americas’ Geographic segment comprising the US, Canada and countries where Barclays operates within Latin America.
‘Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR)’ A measure of the potential change in Net Interest Income (NII) due to an interest rate movement over a one-year period.
‘Annualised cumulative weighted average lifetime PD’ The Probability of Default (PD) over the remaining life of the asset, expressed as an annual rate, reflecting a range of possible economic scenarios.
‘Application scorecards’ Algorithm based decision-making tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk based on available customer data at the point of application for a product.
‘Arrears’ Customers are said to be in arrears when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. Such customers are also said to be in a state of delinquency. When a customer is in arrears, their entire outstanding balance is said to be delinquent, meaning that delinquent balances are the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue.
‘Asia’ Geographic segment comprising countries where Barclays operates within Asia and the Middle East.
‘Asset Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP)’ Typically short-term notes secured on specified assets issued by consolidated special purpose entities for funding purposes.
‘Asset Backed Securities (ABS)’ Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages and, in the case of a Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO), the referenced pool may be ABS or other classes of assets.
‘Attributable profit’ Profit after tax that is attributable to ordinary equity holders of Barclays adjusted for the after tax amounts of capital securities classified as equity.
‘Average allocated tangible equity’ Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end allocated tangible equity and the current month’s period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
‘Average tangible shareholders’ equity’ Calculated as the average of the previous month’s period end tangible shareholders’ equity and the current month’s period end tangible shareholders’ equity. The average tangible shareholders’ equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
‘Average UK leverage ratio’ As per the PRA rulebook, calculated as the average capital measure based on the last day of each month in the quarter divided by the average exposure measure for the quarter, where the average exposure is based on each day in the quarter.
‘Back testing’ Includes a number of techniques that assess the continued statistical validity of a model by simulating how the model would have predicted recent experience.
‘Bank of England (BoE)’ The central bank of the United Kingdom with devolved responsibility for managing monetary policy and to oversee regulation of the UK’s financial sector. Through the Prudential Regulation Committee, the BoE exercises control over the PRA.
‘Barclays Africa’ or ‘Absa’ or ‘Absa Group Limited’ Barclays Africa Group Limited (now Absa Group Limited), which was previously a subsidiary of the Barclays Group. Following a sell down of shares resulting in a loss of control, the Barclays Group’s shareholding in Absa Group Limited is now classified as a financial asset at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).
‘Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ In the context of the credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of calculating marked to market LTVs derived by calculating individual LTVs at account level and weighting it by the balances to arrive at the average position. Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio is calculated using the following formula: LTV = ((loan 1 balance x Marked to market (MTM) LTV% for loan 1) + (loan 2 balance x Marked to market (MTM) LTV% for loan 2) + ...) / total outstanding balances in portfolio.
‘Barclaycard Consumer UK’ The UK Barclaycard business.
‘Barclays’ or ’Barclays Group’ Barclays PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Bank Group’ Barclays Bank PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Bank UK Group’ Barclays Bank UK PLC, together with its subsidiaries.
‘Barclays Operating Businesses’ The core Barclays businesses operated by Barclays UK (which consists of the UK Personal Banking; UK Business Banking and the Barclaycard Consumer UK businesses) and Barclays International (consists of the Corporate and Investment Bank and Consumer, Cards and Payments businesses).
‘Barclays Execution Services’ or ‘BX’ or ‘Group Service Company’ Barclays Execution Services Limited, the Group-wide service company providing technology, operations and functional services to businesses across the Group.
‘Barclays International’ The segment of Barclays held by Barclays Bank PLC. The division consists of the Corporate and Investment Bank and Consumer, Cards and Payments businesses.
‘Barclays UK’ The segment of Barclays held by Barclays Bank UK PLC. The division includes the UK Personal Banking; UK Business Banking and the Barclaycard Consumer UK businesses.
‘Basel 3’ or ‘Basel III’ The third of the Basel Accords, setting minimum requirements and standards that apply to internationally active banks. Basel 3 is a set of measures developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision aiming to strengthen the regulation, supervision and risk management of banks.
‘Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS)’ or ‘The Basel Committee’ A forum for regular cooperation on banking supervisory matters which develops global supervisory standards for the banking industry. Its 45 members are officials from central banks or prudential supervisors from 28 jurisdictions.
‘Basic Indicator Approach (BIA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under the BIA, banks are required to hold regulatory capital for operational risk equal to 15% of the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year period, of the relevant income indicator for the bank as whole.
‘Basis point(s)’ or ‘bp(s)’ One hundredth of a per cent (0.01%); 100 basis points is 1%. The measure is used for quoting movements in interest rates, yields on securities and for other purposes.
‘Basis risk’ Index/tenor risk that arises when floating rate products are linked to different interest rate indices, which are imperfectly correlated, especially under stressed market conditions.
‘Behavioural scorecards’ Algorithm-based decision tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk based on existing customer data derived from account usage.
‘Book quality’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or half yearly results), changes in RWAs caused by factors such as underlying customer behaviour or demographics leading to changes in risk profile.
‘Book size’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or half yearly results), changes in RWAs driven by business activity, including net originations or repayments.
‘Bounce Back Loan Scheme (BBLS)’ A UK Government (British Business Bank) backed loan scheme which allowed SMEs to borrow between £2,000 and £50,000. The UK Government guarantees 100% of the loan and pays the first 12 months of interest on behalf of the borrowers, subject to terms and conditions. The scheme closed on 31 March 2021.
‘Business Banking’ Serves business clients, from high growth start-ups to small and medium-sized businesses, with specialist advice for their business banking needs.
‘Business Growth Fund (BGF)’ An independent company established by the UK’s largest banks, including Barclays, to help young fast growing businesses by providing long-term growth capital. Barclays holds an associate interest in BGF.
‘Business scenario stresses’ Multi-asset scenario analysis of extreme, but plausible, events that may impact the market risk exposures of the Investment Bank.
‘Buy to let mortgage’ A mortgage whereby the intention of the customer is to let the property at origination.
‘Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB)’ A capital buffer of 2.5% of a bank’s total exposures that needs to be met with an additional amount of Common Equity Tier 1 capital above the 4.5% minimum requirement for Common Equity Tier 1 set out in CRR. Its objective is to conserve a bank’s capital by ensuring that banks build up surplus capital outside periods of stress which can be drawn down if losses are incurred.
‘Capital ratios’ Key financial ratios measuring the bank's capital adequacy or financial strength expressed as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Capital Requirements Directive (CRD)’ Directive 2013/36/EU, a component of the CRD IV package which accompanies the Capital Requirements Regulation and sets out macroprudential standards including the Countercyclical Capital Buffer and capital buffers for systemically important institutions. Directive (EU) 2019/878, published as part of the EU Risk Reduction Measure package, amends the CRD. These amendments entered into force from 27 June 2019, with EU member states required to adopt the measures within Directive (EU) 2019/878 by 28 December 2020. CRD forms part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended, and was subject to the temporary transitional powers available to UK regulators to delay or phase-in on-shoring changes to UK regulatory requirements arising at the end of the transition period until 31 March 2022.
‘Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR)’ Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, a component of the CRD IV package which accompanies the Capital Requirements Directive and sets out detailed rules for capital eligibility, the calculation of RWAs, the measurement of leverage, the management of large exposures and minimum standards for liquidity. Between 27 June 2019 and 28 June 2023, CRR will be amended in line with the requirements of amending Regulation (EU) 2019/876 (CRR II). CRR, as amended by CRR II, forms part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended, and was subject to the temporary transitional powers available to UK regulators to delay or phase-in on-shoring changes to UK regulatory requirements arising at the end of the transition period until 31 March 2022.
‘Capital Requirements Regulation II (CRR II)’ Regulation (EU) 2019/876, amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (CRR). This is a component of the EU Risk Reduction Measure package. The requirements set out in CRR II will be introduced between 27 June 2019 and 28 June 2023. Following a consultation process in 2021, the PRA finalised their implementation of the CRR II package through Policy Statement 22/21. The finalised requirements were implemented in the UK through the PRA Rulebook with effect from 1 January 2022.
‘Capital requirements on the underlying exposures (KIRB)’ An approach available to banks when calculating RWAs for securitisation exposures. This is based upon the RWA amounts that would be calculated under the IRB approach for the underlying pool of securitised exposures in the programme, had such exposures not been securitised.
‘Capital resources’ Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital that are eligible to satisfy capital requirements under CRD. Referred to as ‘own funds’ within EU and UK regulatory texts.
‘Capital risk’ The risk that the Barclays Group has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This includes the risk from the Barclays Group’s pension plans.
‘Central Counterparty’ or ‘Central Clearing Counterparties (CCPs)’ A clearing house mediating between the buyer and the seller in a financial transaction, such as a derivative contract or repurchase agreement (repo). Where a Central Counterparty is used, a single bi-lateral contract between the buyer and seller is replaced with two contracts, one between the buyer and the CCP and one between the CCP and the seller. The use of CCPs allows for greater oversight and improved credit risk mitigation in over-the-counter (OTC) markets.
‘Charge-off’ In the retail segment this refers to the point in time when collections activity changes from the collection of arrears to the recovery of the full balance. This is normally when six payments are in arrears.
‘Client Assets’ Assets managed or administered by the Barclays Group on behalf of its clients including assets under management (AUM), custody assets, assets under administration and client deposits.
‘Climate risk’ The impact on Financial and Operational Risks arising from climate change through physical risks, risks associated with transitioning to a lower carbon economy and connected risks arising as a result of second order impacts of these two drivers on portfolios.
–Physical risks: Physical risks resulting from a changing climate can be event driven (acute risks), including increased severity of extreme weather events such as cyclones, hurricanes and flood. Longer term shifts in climate patterns (chronic risks) arise from sustained higher temperatures that may cause rises in sea levels, rising mean temperatures and more severe weather events. These changes are likely to lead to risks for sovereigns, business models and supply chains.
–Transition risks: The transition to a lower carbon economy will involve significant rapid policy, regulatory and legal changes, as evolving technology and markets adapt to a changing climate and associated impacts. These changes will lead to risks for sovereigns, business models and supply chains.
–Connected risks: The second-order risks arising from physical or transition risk impacts. Connected risk is diverse, impacting customer and wholesale portfolios.
‘CLOs and Other insured assets’ Highly-rated CLO positions wrapped by monolines, non-CLOs wrapped by monolines and other assets wrapped with Credit Support Annex (CSA) protection.
‘Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO)’ A security issued by a third party which references Asset Backed Securities and/or certain other related assets purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets.
‘Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO)’ A security backed by repayments from a pool of commercial loans. The payments may be made to different classes of owners (in tranches).
‘Collateralised Mortgage Obligation (CMO)’ A security backed by mortgages. A special purpose entity receives income from the mortgages and passes them on to investors in the security.
‘Combined Buffer Requirement (CBR)’ In the context of the CRD capital obligations, the total Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to meet the combined requirements of the Capital Conservation Buffer, the GSII Buffer, the counter-cyclical buffer, and the O-SII buffer if applicable to a firm.
‘Commercial paper (CP)’ Typically short-term notes issued by entities, including banks, for funding purposes.
‘Commercial real estate (CRE)’ Commercial real estate includes office buildings, industrial property, medical centres, hotels, retail stores, shopping centres, farm land, multifamily housing buildings, warehouses, garages, industrial properties and other similar properties. Commercial real estate loans are loans backed by a package of commercial real estate. Note: for the purposes of the Credit Risk section, the UK CRE portfolio includes property investment, development, trading and housebuilders but excludes social housing contractors.
‘Commissions and other incentives’ Includes commission-based arrangements, guaranteed incentives and Long Term Incentive Plan awards.
‘Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission Framework (COSO)’ A joint initiative of five private sector organisations dedicated to the development of frameworks and providing guidance on enterprise risk management, internal control and fraud deterrence.
‘Commodity derivatives’ Exchange traded and over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives based on an underlying commodity (e.g. metals, precious metals, oil and oil related products, power and natural gas).
‘Commodity risk’ Measures the impact of changes in commodity prices and volatilities, including the basis between related commodities (e.g. Brent vs. WTI crude prices).
‘Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital’ The highest quality form of regulatory capital under CRR that comprises common shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves, less specified regulatory adjustments.
‘Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio’ A measure of Common Equity Tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Compensation: income ratio’ The ratio of compensation expense over total income. Compensation represents total staff costs less non-compensation items consisting of outsourcing, staff training, redundancy costs and retirement costs.
‘Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR)’ An annual exercise, required by and evaluated by the Federal Reserve, through which the largest bank holding companies operating in the US assess whether they have sufficient capital to continue operations through periods of economic and financial stress and have robust capital-planning processes that account for their unique risks.
‘Comprehensive Risk Capital Charge (CRCC)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for the correlation trading portfolio.
‘Comprehensive Risk Measure (CRM)’ An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default, for the correlation trading portfolio. Also referred to as All Price Risk (APR) and Comprehensive Risk Capital Charge (CRCC).
‘Conduct risk’ The risk of poor outcomes for, or harm to, customers, clients and markets, arising from the delivery of the Group’s products and services. ‘Constant Currency Basis’ Excluding the impact of foreign currency conversion to GBP when comparing financial results in two different financial periods.
‘Consumer, Cards and Payments (CC&P)’ Comprises the International Cards and Consumer Bank (including Barclays US Consumer Bank and Barclaycard Germany), Payments (including merchant acquiring and commercial payments) and Private Bank businesses.
‘Contingent Capital Notes (CCNs)’ Interest bearing debt securities issued by the Barclays Group or its subsidiaries that are either permanently written off or converted into an equity instrument from the issuer's perspective in the event of the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio of the relevant Barclays Group entity falling below a specific level, or at the direction of regulators.
‘Conversion Trigger’ Used in the context of Contingent Capital Notes and AT1 securities. A conversion trigger event occurs when the CET1 ratio of the bank falls below a certain level (the trigger) as defined in the Terms & Conditions of the instruments issued. See ‘Contingent Capital Notes (CCNs)’.
‘Coronavirus Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CBILS)’ A loan scheme by the British Business Bank (BBB) to support UK based small and medium-sized businesses (turnover of up to £45 million) adversely impacted by COVID-19. The CBILS scheme provided loans of up to £5 million which are backed by an 80% UK Government (BBB) guarantee. The UK Government will pay interest and fees for the first 12 months on behalf of the borrowers, subject to terms and conditions. This scheme ended on 31 March 2021.
Coronavirus Large Business Interruption Loan Scheme (CLBILS)’ A loan scheme by the British Business Bank (BBB) to support UK based medium-sized businesses (turnover above £45 million, but with no access to Covid Corporate Finance Facility (CCFF)) adversely impacted by COVID-19. The CLBILS scheme provided loans of up to £200 million which are backed by an 80% UK Government (BBB) guarantee. This scheme ended on 31 March 2021.
‘Corporate and Investment Bank (CIB)’ the Investment Banking, Corporate Banking and Global Markets businesses which form part of Barclays International.
‘Correlation risk’ Refers to the change in marked to market value of a security when the correlation between the underlying assets changes over time.
‘Cost of Equity’ The rate of return targeted by the equity holders of a company.
‘Cost: income jaws’ Relationship of the percentage change movement in operating expenses relative to total income.
‘Cost: income ratio’ Total operating expenses divided by total income.
‘Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB)’ An additional buffer introduced as part of the CRD IV package that requires banks to have an additional cushion of CET 1 capital with which to absorb potential losses, enhancing their resilience and contributing to a stable financial system.
‘Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB)’ A macroprudential buffer that has applied to specific PRA regulated institutions since 2018 and is calculated at 35% of any risk weighted countercyclical capital buffer set by the Financial Policy Committee (FPC). The CCLB applies in addition to the minimum of 3.25% and any G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer that applies.
‘Counterparty credit risk (CCR)’ The risk that a counterparty to a transaction could default before the final settlement of a transaction’s cash flows. In the context of RWAs, a component of RWAs that represents the risk of loss from derivatives, repurchase agreements and similar transactions as a result of the default of the counterparty.
‘Coverage ratio’ This represents the percentage of impairment allowance reserve against the gross exposure.
‘Covered bonds’ Debt securities backed by a portfolio of mortgages that are segregated from the issuer’s other assets solely for the benefit of the holders of the covered bonds.
‘Covid Corporate Finance Facility (CCFF)’: Bank of England (BOE) scheme to support liquidity among larger investment grade firms which make a material UK contribution, helping to bridge COVID-19 disruption to their cash flows. The Bank of England provided liquidity by purchasing short-term debt in the form of commercial paper from corporates. Barclays acts as dealer.
‘CRD IV’ The Fourth Capital Requirements Directive, comprising an EU Directive and an accompanying Regulation (CRR) that together prescribe EU capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, and which implements Basel 3 in the European Union.
‘CRD V’ The Fifth Capital Requirements Directive, comprising an EU amending Directive and an accompanying amending Regulation (CRR II) that together prescribe EU capital adequacy and liquidity requirements, and which implements enhanced Basel 3 proposals in the European Union.
‘Credit conversion factor (CCF)’ A factor used to estimate the risk from off-balance sheet commitments for the purpose of calculating the total Exposure at Default (EAD) used to calculate RWAs.
‘Credit default swaps (CDS)’ A contract under which the protection seller receives premiums or interest-related payments in return for contracting to make payments to the protection buyer in the event of a defined credit event. Credit events normally include bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency.
‘Credit derivatives (CDs)’ An arrangement whereby the credit risk of an asset (the reference asset) is transferred from the buyer to the seller of the protection.
‘Credit impairment charges’. Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers and banks and impairment charges on fair value through other comprehensive income assets and reverse repurchase agreements.
‘Credit market exposures’ Assets and other instruments relating to commercial real estate and leveraged finance businesses that have been significantly impacted by the deterioration in the global credit markets. The exposures include positions subject to fair value movements in the Income Statement, positions that are classified as loans and advances, and available for sale and other assets.
‘Credit quality step’ An indicator of credit risk. In the context of the Standardised Approach to calculating credit risk RWAs, a “credit quality assessment scale” maps the credit assessments of a recognised credit rating agency or export credit agency to certain “credit quality steps” that determine the risk weight to be applied to an exposure.
‘Credit rating’ An evaluation of the creditworthiness of an entity seeking to enter into a credit agreement.
‘Credit risk’ The risk of loss to Barclays from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully honour their obligations to Barclays, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other receivables. In the context of RWAs, it is the component of RWAs that represents the risk of loss in loans and advances and similar transactions resulting from the default of the counterparty.
‘Credit risk mitigation’ A range of techniques and strategies used to actively mitigate credit risks to which the bank is exposed. These can be broadly divided into three types: collateral, netting and set-off, and risk transfer.
‘Credit spread’ The premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality.
‘Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA)’ The difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of trades and the market value which takes into account the counterparty’s risk of default. The CVA therefore represents an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the credit risk of the counterparty due to any failure to perform contractual agreements.
‘CRR leverage exposure’ A measure of leverage exposure calculated in accordance with Article 429 of the CRR as applicable in the EU. From 1 January 2022, UK banks are subject to a single UK leverage ratio requirement.
‘CRR leverage ratio’ A leverage ratio calculated using the CRR definition of “Tier 1 capital” for the numerator and the CRR definition of “leverage exposure” as the denominator, as applicable in the EU. From 1 January 2022, UK banks are subject to a single UK leverage ratio requirement.
‘Customer assets’ Represents loans and advances to customers. Average balances are calculated as the sum of all daily balances for the year to date divided by number of days in the year to date.
‘Customer deposits’ In the context of the Liquidity Risk section, money deposited by all individuals and companies that are not credit institutions. Such funds are recorded as liabilities in the Barclays Group’s balance sheet under “deposits at amortised cost”.
‘Customer liabilities’ See ‘Customer deposits’.
‘Daily Value at Risk (DVaR)’ An estimate of the potential loss which might arise from market movements under normal market conditions if the current positions were to be held unchanged for one business day, measured to a specified confidence level.
‘DBRS’ DBRS Morningstar, a credit rating agency.
‘Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA)’ The opposite of Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA). It is the difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of trades and the market value which takes into account the Barclays Group’s risk of default. The DVA, therefore, represents an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the credit risk of the Barclays Group due to any failure to perform contractual obligations. The DVA decreases the value of a liability to take into account a reduction in the remaining balance that would be settled should the Barclays Group default or not perform any contractual obligations.
‘Debt buybacks’ Purchases of the Barclays Group’s issued debt securities, including equity accounted instruments, leading to their de-recognition from the balance sheet.
‘Debt securities in issue’ Transferable securities evidencing indebtedness of the Barclays Group. These are liabilities of the Barclays Group and include certificates of deposit and commercial paper.
‘Default grades’ The Barclays Group classifies ranges of default probabilities into a set of 21 intervals called default grades, in order to distinguish differences in the PD risk.
‘Default fund contributions’ The contribution made by members of a Central Counterparty (CCP). All members are required to contribute to this fund in advance of using a CCP. The default fund can be used by the CCP to cover losses incurred by the CCP where losses are greater than the margins provided by a defaulting member.
‘Delinquency’ See ‘Arrears’.
‘Derivatives netting’ Adjustments applied across asset and liability marked to market derivative positions pursuant to legally enforceable bilateral netting agreements and eligible cash collateral received in derivative transactions that meet the requirements of BCBS 270 (Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements).
‘Diversification effect’ Reflects the fact that the risk of a diversified portfolio is smaller than the sum of the risks of its constituent parts. It is measured as the sum of the individual asset class Daily Value at Risk (DVaR) estimates less the total DVaR.
‘Dodd-Frank Act (DFA)’ The US Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.
‘Domestic Liquidity Sub-Group Arrangement (DoLSub)’ An intra-group capital and liquidity support agreement that secures certain regulatory permissions authorised by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA).
‘Economic Value of Equity (EVE)’ A measure of the potential change in value of expected future cash flows due to an adverse interest rate movement, based on existing balance sheet run-off profile.
'Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE)' The weighted average over time of effective expected exposure. The weights are the proportion that an individual exposure represents of the entire exposure horizon time interval.
‘Effective interest rate (EIR)’ As defined in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial asset or financial liability to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset or to the amortised cost of a financial liability.
‘Eligible liabilities’ Liabilities and capital instruments that are eligible to meet MREL that do not already qualify as own funds.
‘Encumbrance’ The use of assets to secure liabilities, such as by way of a lien or charge.
‘Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF)’ The Barclays Group’s risk management responsibilities are laid out in the Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which describes how Barclays identifies and manages risk. The framework identifies the principal risks faced by the Barclays Group, sets out risk appetite requirements, sets out roles and responsibilities for risk management, and sets out risk committee structure.
‘Equities’ Trading businesses encompassing Cash Equities, Equity Derivatives & Equity Financing, part of CIB.
‘Equity and stock index derivatives’ Derivatives whose value is derived from equity securities. This category includes equity and stock index swaps and options (including warrants, which are equity options listed on an exchange). The Barclays Group also enters into fund-linked derivatives, being swaps and options whose underlyings include mutual funds, hedge funds, indices and multi-asset portfolios. An equity swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange periodic payments, based upon a notional principal amount, with one side paying fixed or floating interest and the other side paying based on the actual return of the stock or stock index. An equity option provides the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a specified stock, basket of stocks or stock index at a specified price or level on or before a specified date.
‘Equity risk’ In the context of trading book capital requirements, the risk of change in market value of an equity investment.
‘Equity structural hedge’ An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility of the overnight / short-term equity investment and to smooth the income over a medium/long term.
‘EU Risk Reduction Measure package’ A collection of amending Regulations and Directives that update core EU regulatory texts and which came into force on 27 June 2019.
‘Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR)’ A benchmark interest rate at which banks can borrow funds from other banks in the European interbank market.
‘Europe’ Geographic segment comprising countries in which Barclays operates within the EU (excluding the UK), Northern Continental and Eastern Europe.
‘European Banking Authority (EBA)’ The EBA is an independent EU Authority which works to ensure effective and consistent prudential regulation and supervision across the European banking sector. Its overall objectives are to maintain financial stability in the EU and to safeguard the integrity, stability, efficiency and orderly functioning of the banking sector.
‘European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA)’ An independent European Supervisory Authority with the remit of enhancing the protection of investors and reinforcing stable and well-functioning financial markets in the European Union.
‘Eurozone’ Represents the 19 European Union countries that have adopted the Euro as their common currency. The 19 countries are Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain.
‘Expected Credit Losses (ECL)’ A present value measure of the credit losses expected to result from default events that may occur during a specified period of time. ECLs must reflect the present value of cash shortfalls, and the unbiased and probability weighted assessment of a range of outcomes.
‘Expected Losses’ A regulatory measure of anticipated losses for exposures captured under an Internal Ratings Based credit risk approach for capital adequacy calculations. It is measured as the Barclays Group's modelled view of anticipated losses based on Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD), with a one-year time horizon.
’Expert lender models’ Models of risk measures that are used for parts of the portfolio where the risk drivers are specific to a particular counterparty, but where there is insufficient data to support the construction of a statistical model. These models utilise the knowledge of credit experts that have in depth experience of the specific customer type being modelled.
‘Exposure’ Generally refers to positions or actions taken by a bank, or consequences thereof, that may put a certain amount of a bank’s resources at risk.
‘Exposure at Default (EAD)’ The estimation of the extent to which the Barclays Group may be exposed to a customer or counterparty in the event of, and at the time of, that customer’s or counterparty’s default. At default, the customer may not have drawn the loan fully or may already have repaid some of the principal, so that exposure may be less than the approved loan limit.
‘External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAI)’ Institutions whose credit assessments may be used by credit institutions for the determination of risk weight exposures according to CRR.
‘External ratings based approach / internal assessment approach (SEC-ERBA / IAA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation positions. Under the SEC-ERBA approach, regulatory capital is assigned to securitisation tranches on the basis of their external credit rating. The SEC-ERBA approach can also be used for unrated ABCP exposures where the institution has the regulatory permission to use the Internal Assessment Approach (IAA) to assign a credit rating to the unrated ABCP exposure.
‘Exchange-traded notes’ Unsecured debt securities that track an underlying index of securities and trade on a stock exchange.
‘Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA)’ An independent federal agency in the United States that oversees the secondary mortgage market and regulates Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as 11 Federal Home Loan banks. The FHFA also sets the Housing Price Index (HPI) in the United States.
‘Federal Reserve Board (FRB)’ The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, commonly known as the Federal Reserve Board, is responsible for – amongst other things – setting monetary policy in the US.
'FICC' Represents Macro (including rates and currency), Credit and Securitised products, part of CIB.
'Financial Policy Committee (FPC)' The Bank of England’s Financial Policy Committee identifies, monitors and takes action to remove or reduce systemic risks with a view to protecting and enhancing the resilience of the UK financial system. The FPC also has a secondary objective to support the economic policy of the UK Government.
‘Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)’ The statutory body responsible for conduct of business regulation and supervision of UK authorised firms. The FCA also has responsibility for the prudential regulation of firms that do not fall within the PRA’s scope.
‘Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS)’ The UK’s fund for compensation of customers of authorised financial services firms that are unable to pay claims.
‘Financial collateral comprehensive method (FCCM)’ A counterparty credit risk exposure calculation approach which applies volatility adjustments to the market value of exposure and collateral when calculating RWA values.
‘Financial Stability Board (FSB)’ An international body that monitors and makes recommendations about the global financial system. It promotes international financial stability by coordinating national financial authorities and international standard-setting bodies as they work toward developing strong regulatory, supervisory and other financial sector policies. It fosters a level playing field by encouraging coherent implementation of these policies across sectors and jurisdictions.
‘Fitch’ A credit rating agency.
‘Forbearance Programmes’ Forbearance programmes assist customers in financial difficulty through agreements to accept less than contractual amounts due where financial distress would otherwise prevent satisfactory repayment within the original terms and conditions of the contract. These agreements may be initiated by the customer, Barclays or a third party and include approved debt counselling plans, minimum due reductions, interest rate concessions and switches from capital and interest repayments to interest-only payments.
‘Foreclosures in Progress’ The process by which a bank initiates legal action against a customer with the intention of terminating a loan agreement whereby the bank may repossess the property used as collateral for the loan subject to applicable law and recover amounts it is owed.
‘Foreign exchange derivatives’ The Barclays Group’s principal exchange rate-related contracts are forward foreign exchange contracts, currency swaps and currency options. Forward foreign exchange contracts are agreements to buy or sell a specified quantity of foreign currency, usually on a specified future date at an agreed rate. Currency swaps generally involve the exchange, or notional exchange, of equivalent amounts of two currencies and a commitment to exchange interest periodically until the principal amounts are re-exchanged on a future date. Currency options provide the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a fixed amount of a currency at a specified exchange rate on or before a future date. As compensation for assuming the option risk, the option writer generally receives a premium at the start of the option period.
‘Foreign exchange risk’ In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and volatilities.
'Foundation Internal Ratings Based (F-IRB)’ See ‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’.
‘Full time equivalent (FTE)’ Full time equivalent units are the on-job hours paid for employee services divided by the number of ordinary-time hours normally paid for a full-time staff member when on the job (or contract employees where applicable).
‘Fully loaded’ When a measure is presented or described as being on a fully loaded basis, it is calculated without applying the transitional provisions set out in Part Ten of CRR.
‘Funded credit protection’ A technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from the right of that institution, in the event of the default of the counterparty or on the occurrence of other specified credit events relating to the counterparty, to liquidate, or to obtain transfer or appropriation of, or to retain certain assets or amounts, or to reduce the amount of the exposure to, or to replace it with the amount of the difference between the amount of the exposure and the amount of a claim on the institution.
‘Gains on acquisitions’ The amount by which an acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities, recognised in a business combination, exceeds the cost of the combination.
‘General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)’ GDPR (Regulation (EU) 2016/679) is a regulation intended to strengthen and unify data protection for all individuals within the European Union. GDPR forms part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as amended.
‘General market risk’ The risk of a price change in a financial instrument due to a change in the level of interest rates or owing to a broad equity market movement unrelated to any specific attributes of individual securities.
‘Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs or G-SIIs)’ Global financial institutions whose size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness, mean that their distress or failure would cause significant disruption to the wider financial system and economic activity. The Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision publish a list of global systemically important banks.
‘G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB)’ A macroprudential buffer that applies to G-SIBs and other major domestic UK banks and building societies, including banks that are subject to ring-fencing requirements. The G-SII ALRB will be calibrated as 35% (on a phased basis) of the combined buffers that apply to the bank.
‘G-SII Buffer’ Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to be held under CRD to ensure that G-SIBs build up surplus capital to compensate for the systemic risk that such institutions represent to the financial system.
’Grandfathering’ In the context of capital resources, the phasing in of the application of instrument eligibility rules which allows CRR and CRR II non-compliant capital instruments to be included in regulatory capital subject to certain thresholds which decrease over the transitional period.
‘Gross charge-off rates’ Represents the balances charged-off to recoveries in the reporting period, expressed as a percentage of average outstanding balances excluding balances in recoveries. Charge-off to recoveries generally occurs when the collections focus switches from the collection of arrears to the recovery of the entire outstanding balance, and represents a fundamental change in the relationship between the bank and the customer. This is a measure of the proportion of customers that have gone into default during the period.
‘Gross Domestic Product (GDP)’ Measures the total value of goods and services produced in a country within a specific time period.
‘Gross write-off rates’ Expressed as a percentage and represent balances written off in the reporting period divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
‘Gross new lending’ New lending advanced to customers during the period.
‘Guarantee’ Unless otherwise described, an undertaking by a third party to pay a creditor should a debtor fail to do so. It is a form of credit substitution.
‘Head Office’ Comprises head office, Barclays Services FTE and legacy businesses.
‘High-Net-Worth’ Businesses within Barclays UK and Barclays International that provide banking and other services to high net worth customers.
‘High quality liquidity assets (HQLA)’ HQLA comprise eligible and unencumbered cash or assets that can be converted into cash at little or no loss of value in private markets, to meet liquidity needs arising from a liquidity stress scenario or event. Please refer to ‘Level 1 assets’ and ‘Level 2 assets’.
‘High Risk’ In retail banking, ‘High Risk’ is defined as the subset of up-to-date customers who, either through an event or observed behaviour, exhibit potential financial difficulty. Where appropriate, these customers are proactively contacted to assess whether assistance is required.
‘Home loan’ A loan to purchase a residential property. The property is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the loan. The borrower gives the lender a lien against the property and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower does not repay the loan per the agreed terms. Also known as a residential mortgage.
‘IHC’ or ‘US IHC’ Barclays US LLC, the intermediate holding company established by Barclays in July 2016, which holds most of Barclays’ subsidiaries and assets in the US.
'Internal Model Approach (IMA)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating RWAs where the exposure amount has been derived via the use of a PRA approved internal market risk model.
'Internal Model Method (IMM)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating RWAs where the exposure amount has been derived via the use of a PRA approved internal counterparty credit risk model.
‘Identified Impairment (II)’ Specific impairment allowances for financial assets, estimated individually.
‘IFRS 9 transitional arrangements’ Following the application of IFRS 9 as of 1 January 2018, transitional arrangements under which Article 473a of CRR permits institutions to phase-in the impact on capital and leverage ratios of the impairment requirements under the new accounting standard.
‘Impairment Allowances’ A provision held on the balance sheet as a result of the raising of a charge against profit for expected losses in the lending book. An impairment allowance may either be identified or unidentified, and individual or collective.
‘Income’ Total income, unless otherwise specified.
‘Incremental Risk Charge (IRC)’ An estimate of the incremental risk arising from rating migrations and defaults for traded debt instruments beyond what is already captured in specific market risk VaR for the non-correlation trading portfolio.
‘Independent Validation Unit (IVU)’ The function within Barclays responsible for independent review, challenge and approval of all models.
‘Individual liquidity guidance (ILG)’ Guidance given to a bank about the amount, quality and funding profile of liquidity resources that the PRA has asked the bank to maintain.
‘Inflation risk’ In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in inflation rates and volatilities on cash instruments and derivatives.
‘Insurance Risk’ The risk of the Barclays Group’s aggregate insurance premiums received from policyholders under a portfolio of insurance contracts being inadequate to cover the claims arising from those policies.
‘Interchange’ Income paid to a credit card issuer for the clearing and settlement of a sale or cash advance transaction.
‘Interest-only home loans’ Under the terms of these loans, the customer makes payments of interest only for the entire term of the mortgage, although customers may make early repayments of the principal within the terms of their agreement. The customer is responsible for repaying the entire outstanding principal on maturity, which may require the sale of the mortgaged property.
‘Interest rate derivatives’ Derivatives linked to interest rates. This category includes interest rate swaps, collars, floors options and swaptions. An interest rate swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange fixed rate and floating rate interest by means of periodic payments based upon a notional principal amount and the interest rates defined in the contract. Certain agreements combine interest rate and foreign currency swap transactions, which may or may not include the exchange of principal amounts. A basis swap is a form of interest rate swap, in which both parties exchange interest payments based on floating rates, where the floating rates are based upon different underlying reference indices. In a forward rate agreement, two parties agree a future settlement of the difference between an agreed rate and a future interest rate, applied to a notional principal amount. The settlement, which generally occurs at the start of the contract period, is the discounted present value of the payment that would otherwise be made at the end of that period.
‘Interest rate risk’ The risk of interest rate volatility adversely impacting the Barclays Group’s Net Interest Margin. In the context of the calculation of market risk DVaR, measures the impact of changes in interest (swap) rates and volatilities on cash instruments and derivatives.
‘Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB)’ The risk that the Barclays Group is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities.
‘Internal Assessment Approach (IAA)’ One of three types of calculation that a bank with permission to use the Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach may apply to securitisation exposures. It consists of mapping a bank's internal rating methodology for credit exposures to those of an External Credit Assessment Institution (ECAI) to determine the appropriate risk weight based on the ratings based approach. Its applicability is limited to ABCP programmes related to liquidity facilities and credit enhancement.
‘Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP)’ It describes how the Group identifies, manages and qualifies the risks it is exposed to, in pursuit of its business strategy. It assesses whether the quality and quantity of capital is available to absorb capital losses for the risks the firm undertakes. The capital adequacy is assessed on a point of time basis and on a forward looking basis taking into account baseline and stressed economic capital conditions.
‘Internal Ratings Based (IRB)’ An approach under the CRR framework that relies on the bank’s internal models to derive the risk weights. The IRB approach is divided into two alternative applications, Advanced and Foundation:
–Advanced Internal Ratings Based (A-IRB): the bank uses its own estimates of Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and credit conversion factor to model a given risk exposure.
–Foundation Internal Ratings Based (F-IRB): the bank applies its own PD as for A-IRB, but it uses standard parameters for the LGD and the credit conversion factor. The Foundation IRB approach is specifically designed for wholesale credit exposures. Hence retail, equity, securitisation positions and non-credit obligations asset exposures are treated under standardised or A-IRB.
‘Internal Ratings Based approach (SEC-IRBA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation positions. Under this method, an institution must be able to model regulatory capital requirements for underlying exposures in the securitisation as if these had not been securitised (‘KIRB’), subject to certain other inputs and criteria.
‘IRB Roadmap’ Introduction of several EBA technical standards and sets of guidelines developed with the intent to reduce unwarranted variability across firms in IRB Risk-Weighted Assets for Credit Risk. PRA required UK firms to implement these changes from 1 January 2022.
‘Investment Bank’ The Barclays Group’s investment bank which consists of origination led and returns focused Global Markets and Investment Banking businesses, which forms part of the Corporate and Investment Bank segment of Barclays International.
‘Investment Banking Fees’ In the context of Investment Bank analysis of Total Income, fees generated from origination activity businesses – including financial advisory, debt and equity underwriting.
‘Investment grade’ A debt security, treasury bill or similar instrument with a credit rating of AAA to BBB as measured by external credit rating agencies.
‘ISDA Master Agreement’ The most commonly used master contract for OTC derivative transactions internationally. It is part of a framework of documents, designed to enable OTC derivatives to be documented fully and flexibly. The framework consists of a master agreement, a schedule, confirmations, definitions booklets, and a credit support annex. The ISDA Master Agreement is published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, commonly known as “ISDA”.
‘Key Risk Scenarios (KRS)’ Key Risk Scenarios are a summary of the extreme potential risk exposure for each Key Risk in each business and function, including an assessment of the potential frequency of risk events, the average size of losses and three extreme scenarios. The Key Risk Scenario assessments are a key input to the Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) calculation of regulatory and economic capital requirements.
‘Large exposure’ A large exposure is defined as the total exposure of a bank to a counterparty or group of connected clients, whether in the banking book or trading book or both, which in aggregate equals or exceeds 10% of the bank's eligible capital.
‘Legal risk’ The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the Barclays Group to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements.
‘Lending’ In the context of Investment Bank analysis of Total Income, lending income includes Net Interest Income (NII), gains or losses on loan sale activity, and risk management activity relating to the loan portfolio.
‘Letters of credit’ A letter typically used for the purposes of international trade guaranteeing that a debtor’s payment to a creditor will be made on time and in full. In the event that the debtor is unable to make payment, the bank will be required to cover the full or remaining amount of the purchase.
‘Level 1 assets’ High quality liquid assets (HQLA) under the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), including cash, central bank reserves and higher quality government securities.
‘Level 2 assets’ High quality liquid assets (HQLA) under the Basel Committee’s Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), comprising Level 2A assets, including, e.g. lower quality government securities, Covered Bonds and corporate debt securities, and Level 2B assets, including, e.g. lower rated corporate bonds, Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities and equities that meet certain conditions.
‘Lifetime expected credit losses’ An assessment of expected losses associated with default events that may occur during the life of an exposure, reflecting the present value of cash shortfalls over the remaining expected life of the asset.
‘Lifetime Probability’ The likelihood of accounts entering default during the expected remaining life of the asset.
‘Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR)’ The ratio of the stock of High quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows over the next 30 days. High-quality liquid assets should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible. These include cash and claims on central governments and central banks.
‘Liquidity Pool’ The Barclays Group liquidity pool comprises cash at central banks and highly liquid collateral specifically held by the Barclays Group as a contingency to enable the bank to meet cash outflows in the event of stressed market conditions.
‘Liquidity Risk’ The risk that the Barclays Group is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations, or that it does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets.
‘Liquidity risk appetite (LRA)’ The level of liquidity risk that the Barclays Group chooses to take in pursuit of its business objectives and in meeting its regulatory obligations.
‘Liquidity Risk Management Framework (the Liquidity Framework)’ The Liquidity Risk Management Framework, which is sanctioned by the Board Risk Committee, incorporates liquidity policies, systems and controls that the Barclays Group has implemented to manage liquidity risk within tolerances approved by the Board and regulatory agencies.
‘Litigation and conduct charges’ or ‘Litigation and conduct’ Litigation and conduct charges include regulatory fines, litigation settlements and conduct-related customer redress.
‘Loan loss rate’ Quoted in basis points and represents total impairment charges divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
‘Loan to deposit ratio’ or ‘Loan: deposit ratio’ Loans and advances at amortised costs divided by deposits at amortised cost.
‘Loan to value (LTV) ratio’ Expresses the amount borrowed against an asset (i.e. a mortgage) as a percentage of the appraised value of the asset. The ratios are used in determining the appropriate level of risk for the loan and are generally reported as an average for new mortgages or an entire portfolio. Also see ‘Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio’.
‘London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)’ A benchmark interest rate at which banks can borrow funds from other banks in the London interbank market, currently phased out for certain currencies.
‘Loss Given Default (LGD)’ The percentage of Exposure at Default (EAD) that will not be recovered following default. LGD comprises the actual loss (the part that is not expected to be recovered), together with the economic costs associated with the recovery process.
‘Management VaR’ A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific confidence level, if current positions were to be held unchanged for a predefined period. Corporate and Investment Bank uses Management VaR with a two-year equally weighted historical period, at a 95% confidence level, with a one day holding period.
‘Mandatory break clause’ In the context of counterparty credit risk, a contract clause that means a trade will be ended on a particular date.
‘Marked to market approach’ A counterparty credit risk exposure calculation approach which uses the current marked to market value of derivative positions as well as a potential future exposure add-on to calculate an exposure to which a risk weight can be applied. This is also known as the Current Exposure Method.
‘Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio’ The loan amount as a percentage of the current value of the asset used to secure the loan. Also see ‘Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ and ‘Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio.’
‘Market risk’ The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the Barclays Group’s assets and liabilities from fluctuations in market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and asset correlations.
‘Master netting agreement’ An agreement that provides for a single net settlement of all financial instruments and collateral covered by the agreement in the event of the counterparty’s default, bankruptcy or insolvency, resulting in a reduced exposure.
‘Master trust securitisation programme’ A securitisation structure where a trust is set up for the purpose of acquiring a pool of receivables. The trust issues multiple series of securities backed by these receivables.
‘Material Risk Takers (MRTs)’ Categories of staff whose professional activities have or are deemed to have a material impact on Barclays’ risk profile, as determined in accordance with the European Banking Authority regulatory technical standard on the identification of such staff.
‘Maximum Distributable Amount (MDA)’ The MDA is a factor representing the available distributable profit of an institution whilst remaining in excess of its Combined Buffer Requirement (CBR). CRD IV places restrictions on a bank’s dividend, AT1 coupon and variable compensation decisions depending on its proximity to meeting the buffer.
‘Medium-Term Notes (MTNs)’ Corporate notes (or debt securities) continuously offered by a company to investors through a dealer. Investors can choose from differing maturities, ranging from under 1 year to 30 years. They can be issued on a fixed or floating coupon basis or with an exotic coupon; with a fixed maturity date (non-callable) or with embedded call or put options or early repayment triggers. MTNs are most generally issued as senior, unsecured debt.
‘Methodology and policy’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or half yearly results), the effect on RWAs of methodology changes driven by regulatory policy changes.
‘MiFID II’ Refers to either the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive 2014/65/EC and the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation 600/2014 (as amended from time to time), which together are European Union law that provide harmonised regulation for investment services across the member states of the European Economic Area, or these rules and regulations as they form part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended from time to time), as applicable.
‘Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL)’ A European Union-wide requirement under the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive for all European banks and investment banks to hold a minimum level of equity and/or loss absorbing eligible liabilities to ensure the operation of the bail-in tool to absorb losses and recapitalise an institution in resolution or these rules and regulations as they form part of UK law pursuant to the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended from time to time), as applicable. An institution’s MREL requirement is set by its resolution authority. Amendments in the EU Risk Reduction Measure package are designed to align MREL and TLAC for EU G-SIBs.
‘Model risk’ The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports.
‘Model updates’ In the context of the Capital Risk section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report (or equivalent section in quarterly or half yearly results), changes in RWAs caused by model implementation, changes in model scope or any changes required to address model malfunctions.
‘Model validation’ Process through which models are independently challenged, tested and verified to prove that they have been built, implemented and used correctly, and that they continue to be fit-for-purpose.
‘Modelled VaR’ In the context of RWAs, market risk calculated using Value at Risk models laid down by the CRR and supervised by the PRA.
‘Money market funds’ Investment funds typically invested in short-term debt securities.
‘Monoline derivatives’ Derivatives with a monoline insurer such as credit default swaps referencing the underlying exposures held.
‘Moody’s’ A credit rating agency.
‘Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)’ A contractual agreement in which the right to service an existing mortgage is sold by the original lender to another party that specialises in the various functions involved with servicing mortgages.
‘Multilateral development banks’ Financial institutions created for the purposes of development, where membership transcends national boundaries.
‘National discretion’ Discretions in CRD given to EU member states to allow the local regulator additional powers in the application of certain CRD rules in its jurisdiction.
‘Net asset value per share’ Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, by the number of issued ordinary shares.
‘Net Interest Income (NII)’ The difference between interest income on assets and interest expense on liabilities.
‘Net Interest Margin (NIM)’ Net Interest Income (NII) divided by the sum of average customer assets.
‘Net investment income’ Changes in the fair value of financial instruments designated at fair value, dividend income and the net result on disposal of available for sale assets.
‘Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR)’ The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one-year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. The ratio is required to be over 100%. Available stable funding would include items such as equity capital, preferred stock with a maturity of over one year, or liabilities with a maturity of over one year. The required amount of stable funding is calculated as the sum of the value of the assets held and funded by the institution, multiplied by a specific required stable funding factor assigned to each particular asset type, added to the amount of potential liquidity exposure multiplied by its associated required stable funding factor.
‘Net trading income’ Gains and losses arising from trading positions which are held at fair value, in respect of both market-making and customer business, together with interest, dividends and funding costs relating to trading activities.
‘Net write-off rate’ Expressed as a percentage and represents balances written off in the reporting period less any post write-off recoveries divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
‘Net written credit protection’ In the context of leverage exposure, the net notional value of credit derivatives protection sold and credit derivatives protection bought.
‘New bookings’ The total of the original balance on accounts opened in the reporting period, including any applicable fees and charges included in the loan amount.
‘Non-asset backed debt instruments’ Debt instruments not backed by collateral, including government bonds, US agency bonds, corporate bonds, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, convertible bonds, corporate bonds and issued notes.
‘Non-Model Method (NMM)’ In the context of RWAs, a method for calculating RWAs where the exposure amount has been derived through the use of CRR norms, as opposed to an internal model.
‘Non-Traded Market Risk’ The risk that the current or future exposure in the banking book (i.e. non-traded book) will impact the bank's capital and/or earnings due to adverse movements in Interest or foreign exchange rates.
‘Non-Traded VaR’ Reflects the volatility in the value of the fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) investments in the liquidity pool which flow directly through capital via the FVOCI reserve. The underlying methodology to calculate non-traded VaR is similar to Traded Management VaR, but the two measures are not directly comparable. The Non-Traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the FVOCI exposures. These exposures are in the banking book and do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment.
‘Notch’ A single unit of measurement in a credit rating scale.
‘Notional amount’ The nominal or face amount of a financial instrument, such as a loan or a derivative, that is used to calculate payments made on that instrument.
‘Open Banking’ The Payment Services Directive (PSD2) and the Open API standards and data sharing remedy imposed by the UK Competition and Markets Authority following its Retail Banking Market Investigation Order.
‘Operating leverage’ Operating expenses compared to total income less credit impairment charges and other provisions.
‘Operational risk’ The risk of loss to the Barclays Group from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events (e.g. fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks.
‘Operational Riskdata eXchange Association (ORX)’ The Operational Riskdata eXchange Association (ORX) is a not-for-profit industry association dedicated to advancing the measurement and management of operational risk in the global financial services industry. Barclays is a member of ORX.
‘Origination led’ Focus on high-margin, low-capital fee-based activities and related hedging opportunities.
‘O-SII Buffer’ Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to be held under CRD to ensure that O-SIIs build up surplus capital to compensate for the systemic risk that such institutions represent to the financial system. As part of the implementation of CRD V requirements in the UK, the Other Systemically Important Institutions (O-SII) Buffer replaced the CRD IV Systemic Risk Buffer.
‘Other systemically important institutions (O-SII)’ Other systemically important institutions are institutions that are deemed to create risk to financial stability due to their systemic importance.
‘Over issuance of Securities’ over-issuance of US securities under the Barclays Bank PLC’s US shelf registration statements filed with the SEC in 2018 and 2019.
‘Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives’ Derivative contracts that are traded (and privately negotiated) directly between two parties. They offer flexibility because, unlike standardised exchange-traded products, they can be tailored to fit specific needs.
‘Overall capital requirement’ The overall capital requirement is the sum of capital required to meet the total of a Pillar 1 requirement, a Pillar 2A requirement, a Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) buffer, a Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB) and a Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB).
‘Own credit’ The effect of changes in the Barclays Group’s own credit standing on the fair value of financial liabilities.
‘Owner occupied mortgage’ A mortgage where the intention of the customer was to occupy the property at origination.
‘Own funds’ The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital.
‘Own funds and eligible liabilities ratio’ A risk-based ratio representing the own funds and eligible liabilities of the institution expressed as a percentage of total RWAs.
‘Past due items’ Refers to loans where the borrower has failed to make a payment when due under the terms of the loan contract.
‘Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) redress’ Provision for the settlement of PPI mis-selling claims and related claims management costs.
‘Pension Risk’ The risk of the Barclays Group’s earnings and capital being adversely impacted by the Barclays Group’s defined benefit obligations increasing or the value of the assets backing these defined benefit obligations decreasing due to changes in both the level and volatility of prices.
‘Performance costs’ The accounting charge recognised in the period for performance awards. For deferred incentives and long-term incentives, the accounting charge is spread over the relevant periods in which the employee delivers service.
‘Personal Banking’ The business within the UK that offers retail solutions to help customers with their day-to-day banking needs.
‘Period end allocated tangible equity’ Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.5% (2020: 13.0%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting assumptions the Barclays Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays Group’s tangible shareholders’ equity and the amounts allocated to businesses.
‘Pillar 1 requirements’ The minimum regulatory capital requirements to meet the sum of credit (including counterparty credit), market risk and operational risk.
‘Pillar 2A requirements’ The additional regulatory capital requirement to meet risks not captured under Pillar 1 requirements. These requirements are the outcome of the bank’s Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) and the complementary supervisory review and evaluation carried out by the PRA.
‘Post-Model Adjustment (PMA)’ In the context of Basel models, a PMA is a short-term increase in regulatory capital applied at portfolio level to account for model input data deficiencies, inadequate model performance or changes to regulatory definitions (e.g. definition of default) to ensure the model output is accurate, complete and appropriate.
‘Potential Future Exposure (PFE) on derivatives’ A regulatory calculation in respect of the Barclays Group’s potential future credit exposure on both exchange traded and OTC derivative contracts, calculated by assigning a standardised percentage (based on the underlying risk category and residual trade maturity) to the gross notional value of each contract.
‘PRA waivers’ PRA approvals that specifically give permission to the bank to either modify or waive existing rules. Waivers are specific to an organisation and require applications being submitted to and approved by the PRA.
‘Primary securitisations’ The issuance of securities (bonds and commercial papers) for fund-raising.
‘Primary Stress Tests’ In the context of Traded Market Risk, Stress Testing provides an estimate of potentially significant future losses that might arise from extreme market moves or scenarios. Primary Stress Tests apply stress moves to key liquidity risk factors for each of the major trading asset classes.
‘Prime Services’ Involves financing of fixed income and equity positions using Repo and stock lending facilities. The Prime Services business also provides brokerage facilitation services for hedge fund clients offering execution and clearance facilities for a variety of asset classes.
‘Principal’ In the context of a loan, the amount borrowed, or the part of the amount borrowed which remains unpaid (excluding interest).
‘Private equity investments’ Investments in equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange. Investment in private equity often involves the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public company that results in the delisting of public equity. Capital for private equity investment is raised by retail or institutional investors and used to fund investment strategies such as leveraged buyouts, venture capital, growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital.
‘Principal Risks’ The principal risks affecting the Barclays Group, as described in the Risk Review section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report.
‘Pro-cyclicality’ Movements in financial variables (including capital requirements) following natural fluctuations in the economic cycle, where the subsequent impact on lending or other market behaviours acts as an amplification of the economic cycle by the financial sector.
‘Probability of Default (PD)’ The likelihood that a loan will not be repaid and will fall into default. PD may be calculated for each client who has a loan (normally applicable to wholesale customers/clients) or for a portfolio of clients with similar attributes (normally applicable to retail customers). To calculate PD, Barclays assesses the credit quality of borrowers and other counterparties and assigns them an internal risk rating. Multiple rating methodologies may be used to inform the rating decision on individual large credits, such as internal and external models, rating agency ratings, and for wholesale assets, market information such as credit spreads. For smaller credits, a single source may suffice such as the result from an internal rating model.
‘Product structural hedge’ An interest rate hedge put in place to reduce earnings volatility on product balances with instant access (such as non-interest bearing current accounts and managed rate deposits) and to smoothen the income over a medium/long term.
‘Properties in Possession held as ‘Loans and Advances to Customers’’ Properties in the UK and Italy where the customer continues to retain legal title but where the bank has enforced the possession order as part of the foreclosure process to allow for the disposal of the asset or the court has ordered the auction of the property.
‘Properties in Possession held as ‘Other Real Estate Owned’’ Properties in South Africa where the bank has taken legal ownership of the title as a result of purchase at an auction or similar and treated as ‘Other Real Estate Owned’ within other assets on the bank’s balance sheet.
‘Proprietary trading’ When a bank, brokerage or other financial institution trades on its own account, at its own risk, rather than on behalf of customers, so as to make a profit for itself.
‘Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA)’ The statutory body responsible for the prudential supervision of banks, building societies, insurers and a small number of significant investment banks in the UK. The PRA is a subsidiary of the Bank of England.
‘Prudential Valuation Adjustment (PVA)’ A calculation which adjusts the accounting values of positions held on the balance sheet at fair value to comply with regulatory valuation standards, which place greater emphasis on the inherent uncertainty around the value at which a trading book position could be exited.
‘Public benchmark’ Unsecured medium-term notes issued in public syndicated transactions.
‘Qualifying central bank claims’ An amount calculated in line with the PRA policy statement allowing banks to exclude claims on the central bank from the calculation of the leverage exposure measure, as long as these are matched by liabilities denominated in the same currency and of identical or longer maturity. Prior to 1 January 2022, banks were only permitted to exclude claims on the central bank which were matched by deposits (rather than liabilities).
‘Qualifying Revolving Retail Exposure (QRRE)’ In the context of the IRB approach to credit risk RWA calculations, an exposure meeting the criteria set out in Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) Article 154.4. It includes most types of credit card exposure.
‘Rates’ In the context of Investment Bank income analysis, trading revenue relating to government bonds and interest rate derivatives.
‘Re-aging’ The returning of a delinquent account to up-to-date status without collecting the full arrears (principal, interest and fees).
‘Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs)’ An entity that holds a fixed pool of mortgages and that is separated into multiple classes of interests for issuance to investors.
‘Recovery book’ Represents the total amount of exposure which has been transferred to recovery units who set and implement strategies to recover the Group’s exposure.
‘Recovery book Impairment Coverage Ratio’ Impairment allowance held against recoveries balances expressed as a percentage of balance in recoveries.
‘Recovery book proportion of outstanding balances’ Represents the amount of recoveries (gross month-end customer balances of all accounts that have charged-off) as at the period end compared to total outstanding balances. The size of the recovery book would ultimately have an impact on the overall impairment requirement on the portfolio. Balances in recovery will decrease if assets are written-off, amounts are collected, or assets are sold to a third party (i.e. debt sale).
‘Regulatory capital’ The amount of capital that a bank holds to satisfy regulatory requirements.
‘Renegotiated loans’ Loans are generally renegotiated either as part of an ongoing customer relationship or in response to an adverse change in the circumstances of the borrower. In the latter case, renegotiation can result in an extension of the due date of payment or repayment plans under which the Barclays Group offers a concessionary rate of interest to genuinely distressed borrowers. This will result in the asset continuing to be overdue, and individually impaired if the renegotiated payments of interest and principal will not recover the original carrying amount of the asset. In other cases, renegotiation will lead to a new agreement, which is treated as a new loan.
‘Repurchase agreement (Repo)’ or ‘Reverse repurchase agreement (Reverse repo)’ Arrangements that allow counterparties to use financial securities as collateral for an interest bearing cash loan. The borrower agrees to sell a security to the lender subject to a commitment to repurchase the asset at a specified price on a given date. For the party selling the security (and agreeing to repurchase it in the future), it is a Repurchase agreement or Repo; for the counterparty to the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future), it is a Reverse repurchase agreement or Reverse repo.
‘Reputation risk’ The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the Barclays Group’s integrity and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
‘Re-securitisations’ The repackaging of securitised products into securities. The resulting securities are therefore securitisation positions where the underlying assets are also predominantly securitisation positions.
‘Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs)’ Hybrid issued capital securities which may be debt or equity accounted, depending on the terms.
‘Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS)’ Securities that represent interests in a group of residential mortgages. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal).
‘Residual maturity’ The remaining contractual term of a credit obligation associated with a credit exposure.
‘Restructured loans’ Comprises loans where, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, a concession has been granted to the debtor that would not otherwise be considered. Where the concession results in the expected cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate being less than the loan’s carrying value, an impairment allowance will be raised.
‘Retail Loans’ Loans to individuals or small and medium sized enterprises rather than to financial institutions and larger businesses. It includes both secured and unsecured loans such as mortgages and credit card balances, as well as loans to certain smaller business customers, typically with exposures up to £3m or with a turnover of up to £5m.
‘Return on average Risk Weighted Assets’ Statutory profit after tax as a proportion of average RWAs.
‘Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (RoTE)’ Profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, as a proportion of average shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Return on average allocated tangible equity’ Profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, as a proportion of average allocated tangible equity.
‘Risk appetite’ The level of risk that Barclays is prepared to accept whilst pursuing its business strategy, recognising a range of possible outcomes as business plans are implemented.
‘Risk weighted assets (RWAs) / Risk weighted exposure amounts (RWEAs)’ A measure of a bank’s assets adjusted for their associated risks. Risk weightings are established in accordance with the Basel rules as implemented by CRR and local regulators.
‘Risks not in VaR (RNIVS)’ Refers to all the key market risks which are not captured or not well captured within the VaR model framework.
‘RWA Flow / movements in RWAs’
Book size/Asset size
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the size and composition of underlying positions, measured using EAD values for existing portfolios over the period. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
–new business and maturing loans
–changes in product mix and exposure growth for existing portfolios
–book size reductions owing to risk mitigation and write-offs.
Market risk
This represents RWA movements owing to the changes in risk level i.e. trading positions and volumes driven by business activity.
Book quality/Asset quality
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This represents RWA movements driven by changes in the underlying credit quality and recoverability of portfolios and reflected through model calibrations or realignments where applicable. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
–PD migration and LGD changes driven by economic conditions
–ratings migration for standardised exposures
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs owing to changing risk levels in the trading book caused by fluctuations in market conditions.
Model updates
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external model updates. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
–updates to existing model inputs driven by both internal and external review
–model enhancements to improve models performance
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs reflecting change in model scope, changes to market data levels, volatilities, correlations, liquidity and ratings used as input for the internal modelled RWA calculations.
Methodology and policy
Credit risk and counterparty risk (including CVA)
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes. This includes, but is not exclusive to:
–updates to RWA calculation methodology, communicated by the regulator
–the implementation of credit risk mitigation to a wider scope of portfolios
Market risk
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of both internal and external methodology, policy and regulatory changes for market risk.
Acquisitions and disposals
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of the disposal or acquisition of business operations impacting the size of banking and trading portfolios.
Foreign exchange movements
This is the movement in RWAs as a result of changes in the exchange rate between the functional currency of the Barclays business area or portfolio and our presentational currency for consolidated reporting. It should be noted that foreign exchange movements shown in RWA flow or movements in RWAs tables do not include the impact of foreign exchange for the counterparty credit risk or market risk RWAs.
Other
This is the movement in RWAs driven by items that cannot be reasonably assigned to the other driver categories. In relation to market risk RWAs, this includes changes in measurement that are not driven by methodology, policy or model updates.
‘Sarbanes-Oxley requirements’ The Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 (SOX), which was introduced by the US Government to safeguard against corporate governance scandals such as Enron, WorldCom and Tyco. All US-listed companies must comply with SOX.
‘Second Lien’ Debt that is issued against the same collateral as higher lien debt but that is subordinate to such higher lien debt. In the case of default, compensation for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid and thus represents a riskier investment than the first lien.
‘Secondary Stress Tests’ Secondary stress tests are used in measuring potential losses arising from illiquid market risks that cannot be hedged or reduced within the time period covered in Primary Stress Tests.
‘Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)’ A broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralised by US Treasury securities in the repurchase agreement (Repo) market.
‘Securities Financing Transactions (SFT)’ In the context of RWAs, any of the following transactions: a repurchase transaction, a securities or commodities lending or borrowing transaction, or a margin lending transaction whereby cash collateral is received or paid in respect of the transfer of a related asset.
‘Securities Financing Transactions adjustments’ In the context of leverage ratio, a regulatory add-on calculated as exposure less collateral, taking into account master netting agreements.
‘Securities lending arrangements’ Arrangements whereby securities are legally transferred to a third party subject to an agreement to return them at a future date. The counterparty generally provides collateral against non-performance in the form of cash or other assets.
‘Securitisation’ Typically, a process by which debt instruments, such as mortgage loans or credit card balances, are aggregated into a pool, which is used to back new securities. A company sells these pools of assets to a special purpose vehicle (SPV) which then issues securities backed by the assets. This allows the credit quality of the assets to be separated from the credit rating of the original borrower and transfers risk to external investors.
‘Set-off clauses’ In the context of Counterparty credit risk, contract clauses that allow Barclays to set off amounts owed to us by a counterparty against amounts owed by us to the counterparty.
‘Settlement balances’ Receivables or payables recorded between the date (the trade date) a financial instrument (such as a bond) is sold, purchased or otherwise closed out, and the date the asset is delivered by or to the entity (the settlement date) and cash is received or paid.
‘Settlement Netting’ Netting approach used in the calculation of the leverage exposure measure whereby firms may calculate their exposure value of regular way purchases and sales awaiting settlement in accordance with Article 429g of CRR, as amended by Regulation (EU) 2019/876 (CRR II).
‘Settlement risk’ The risk that settlement in a transfer system will not take place as expected, usually owing to a party defaulting on one or more settlement obligations.
‘Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR)’ Barclays assesses when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred based on quantitative and qualitative assessments.
‘Slotting’ Slotting is internal Barclays terminology for what is known as “Specialised Lending” in the IRB approach as described in Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) Article 147.8. A standard set of rules is required to be used in credit risk RWA calculations, based upon an assessment of factors such as the financial strength of the counterparty. The requirements for the application of the Specialised Lending approach are detailed in CRR Article 153.5.
‘Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SME)’ An enterprise which employs fewer than 250 persons and which has an annual turnover which does not exceed EUR 50 million, and / or an annual balance sheet total not exceeding EUR 43 million. Within the SME category, a small enterprise is defined as an enterprise which employs fewer than 50 persons and whose annual turnover and/or annual balance sheet total does not exceed EUR 10 million. This is defined in accordance with Commission Recommendation 2003/361/EC of 6 May 2003 concerning the definition of micro, small and medium sized enterprises.
‘Software intangibles benefit’ A benefit introduced as part of the EU response package to the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequently reversed as part of the UK implementation of CRR II from 1 January 2022. Since 1 January 2022, software assets are fully deducted from CET 1 capital.
‘Sovereign exposure(s)’ Exposures to central governments, including holdings in government bonds and local government bonds.
‘Specific market risk’ A risk that is due to the individual nature of an asset and can potentially be diversified or the risk of a price change in an investment due to factors related to the issuer or, in the case of a derivative, the issuer of the underlying investment.
‘Spread risk’ Measures the impact of changes to the swap spread, i.e. the difference between swap rates and government bond yields.
‘Stage 1’ This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition. Stage 1 financial instruments are required to recognise a 12 month expected credit loss allowance.
‘Stage 2’ This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition. Stage 2 financial instruments are required to recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
‘Stage 3’ This represents financial instruments where the financial instrument is considered impaired. Stage 3 financial instruments are required to recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
‘Standard & Poor’s’ A credit rating agency.
'Standardised Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk (SA-CCR)' The approach for the calculation of Exposure at Default for derivative and long-settlement transactions introduced in the UK under CRR II from 1 January 2022. This is a more risk sensitive approach that replaces the Current Exposure Method (CEM) and Standardised Method (SM) applicable under CRR.
‘Standardised Approach (SEC-SA)’ This is a method to calculate risk-weighted exposure amounts for securitisation positions. Under this method, an institution must be able calculate regulatory capital requirements per standardised approach for underlying exposures in the securitisation as if these had not been securitised (‘KSA’), subject to certain other inputs and criteria.
‘Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments’ Agreements to lend to a customer in the future, subject to certain conditions. Such commitments are either made for a fixed period, or have no specific maturity but are cancellable by the lender subject to notice requirements.
‘Statutory’ Line items of income, expense, profit or loss, assets, liabilities or equity stated in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 and the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
‘Statutory return on average shareholders’ equity’ Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders as a proportion of average shareholders’ equity.
‘STD’ / ‘Standardised Approach’ A method of calculating RWAs that relies on a mandatory framework set by the regulator to derive risk weights based on counterparty type and a credit rating provided by an External Credit Assessment Institute.
‘Sterling Over Night Index Average (SONIA)’ Reflects bank and building societies’ wholesale overnight funding rates in the sterling unsecured market administrated and calculated by the Bank of England.
‘Stress Testing’ A process which involves identifying possible future adverse events or changes in economic conditions that could have unfavourable effects on the Barclays Group (either financial or non-financial), assessing the Barclays Group’s ability to withstand such changes, and identifying management actions to mitigate the impact.
‘Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR)’ An estimate of the potential loss arising from a 12-month period of significant financial stress calibrated to 99% confidence level over a 10-day holding period.
‘Structured entity’ An entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured entities are generally created to achieve a narrow and well defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities.
‘Structural FX’ Foreign currency positions taken to hedge against the adverse effect of exchange rates on capital ratios. Under Article 352(2) of the CRR the PRA may permit banks to exclude such Structural FX positions from the calculation of its market risk RWAs. On 15 December 2021 the PRA issued Barclays this permission, taking effect from 31 December 2021. Any long FX positions that are in excess of what is required to hedge the adverse effects of exchange rates on the bank’s capital ratio are not in scope of this exemption and will therefore be captured under the standardised market risk approach.
‘Structural hedge’ or ‘hedging’ An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility and to smooth the income over a medium/long term on positions that exist within the balance sheet and do not re-price in line with market rates. See also ‘Equity structural hedge’ and ‘Product structural hedge’.
‘Structural model of default’ A model based on the assumption that an obligor will default when its assets are insufficient to cover its liabilities.
‘Structured credit’ Includes the legacy structured credit portfolio primarily comprising derivative exposures and financing exposures to structured credit vehicles.
‘Structured finance or structured notes’ A structured note is an investment tool that pays a return linked to the value or level of a specified asset or index and sometimes offers capital protection if the value declines. Structured notes can be linked to equities, interest rates, funds, commodities and foreign currency.
‘Sub-prime’ Sub-prime is defined as loans to borrowers typically having weakened credit histories that include payment delinquencies and potentially more severe problems such as court judgments and bankruptcies. They may also display reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores, high debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria indicating heightened risk of default.
‘Subordinated liabilities’ Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and other creditors of the issuer.
‘Supranational bonds’ Bonds issued by an international organisation, where membership transcends national boundaries (e.g. the European Union or World Trade Organisation).
‘Synthetic Securitisation Transactions’ Securitisation transactions effected through the use of derivatives.
‘Tangible Net Asset Value (TNAV)’ Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Tangible Net Asset Value per share’ Calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares.
‘Tangible shareholders’ equity’ Shareholders’ equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
‘Term premium’ Additional interest required by investors to hold assets with a longer period to maturity.
‘The Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB)’ A comprehensive suite of capital rules developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision as part of Basel III and applicable to banks’ wholesale trading activities.
‘The Standardised Approach (TSA)’ An approach used to quantify required capital for operational risk. Under TSA, banks are required to hold regulatory capital for operational risk equal to the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year period, of the relevant income indicator (across all business lines), multiplied by a supervisory defined percentage factor by business lines.
‘The three lines of defence’ The three lines of defence operating model enables Barclays to separate risk management activities between those client facing areas of the Barclays Group and associated support functions responsible for identifying risk, operating within applicable limits and escalating risk events (first line); colleagues in Risk and Compliance who establish the limits, rules and constraints under which the first line operates and monitor their performance against those limits and constraints (second line); and, colleagues in Internal Audit who provide assurance to the Board and Executive Management over the effectiveness of governance, risk management and control over risks (third line). The Legal function does not sit in any of the three lines, but supports them all. The Legal function is, however, subject to oversight from Risk and Compliance with respect to operational and conduct risks.
‘Tier 1 capital’ The sum of the Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital.
‘Tier 1 capital ratio’ The ratio which expresses Tier 1 capital as a percentage of RWAs under CRR.
‘Tier 2 (T2) capital’ A type of capital as defined in the CRR principally composed of capital instruments, subordinated loans and share premium accounts where qualifying conditions have been met.
‘Tier 2 (T2) securities’ Securities that are treated as Tier 2 (T2) capital for the purposes of CRR.
‘Total balances on forbearance programmes coverage ratio’ Impairment allowance held against forbearance balances expressed as a percentage of balance in forbearance.
‘Total capital ratio’ Total regulatory capital as a percentage of RWAs.
‘Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)’ A standard published by the FSB which is applicable to G-SIBs and requires a G-SIB to hold a prescriptive minimum level of instruments and liabilities that should be readily available for bail-in within resolution to absorb losses and recapitalise the institution. See also ‘Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL).
‘Total outstanding balance’ In retail banking, total outstanding balance is defined as the gross month-end customer balances on all accounts, including accounts charged off to recoveries.
‘Total return swap’ An instrument whereby the seller of protection receives the full return of the asset, including both the income and change in the capital value of the asset. The buyer of the protection in return receives a predetermined amount.
‘Traded Market Risk’ The risk of a reduction to earnings or capital due to volatility of trading book positions.
‘Trading book’ All positions in financial instruments and commodities held by an institution either with trading intent, or in order to hedge positions held with trading intent.
‘Traditional Securitisation Transactions’ Securitisation transactions in which an underlying pool of assets generates cash flows to service payments to investors.
‘Transitional’ When a measure is presented or described as being on a transitional basis, it is calculated in accordance with the transitional provisions set out in Part Ten of CRR.
‘Treasury and Capital Risk’ This comprises of Liquidity Risk, Capital Risk and Interest Rate Risk in the banking book.
‘Twelve month expected credit losses’ The portion of the lifetime ECL arising if default occurs within 12 months of the reporting date (or shorter period if the expected life is less than 12 months), weighted by the probability of said default occurring.
‘Twelve month PD’ The likelihood of accounts entering default within 12 months of the reporting date.
‘Unencumbered’ Assets not used to secure liabilities or not otherwise pledged.
‘United Kingdom (UK)’ Geographic segment where Barclays operates comprising the UK. Also see ‘Europe’.
‘UK Bank Levy’ A levy that applies to UK banks, building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks. The levy is payable based on a percentage of the chargeable equity and liabilities of the bank on its balance sheet date.
‘UK leverage exposure’ Calculated as per the PRA rulebook, where the exposure calculation also includes the FPC’s recommendation to allow banks to exclude claims on the central bank from the calculation of the leverage exposure measure, as long as these are matched by liabilities denominated in the same currency and of identical or longer maturity. Prior to 1 January 2022, banks were only permitted to exclude claims on the central bank which were matched by deposits (rather than liabilities).
‘UK leverage ratio’ As per the PRA rulebook, means a bank’s Tier 1 capital divided by its total exposure measure, with this ratio expressed as a percentage. From 1 January 2022, UK banks are subject to a single UK leverage ratio requirement.
‘Unfunded credit protection’ A technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from the obligation of a third party to pay an amount in the event of the default of the borrower or the occurrence of other specified credit events.
‘US Partner Portfolio’ Barclays co-branded credit card programmes with companies across various sectors including travel, entertainment and retail.
‘US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities’ Securities that represent interests in a group of US residential mortgages.
‘Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio’ In the context of credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of calculating marked to market LTVs derived by comparing total outstanding balance and the value of total collateral we hold against these balances. Valuation weighted Loan to Value ratio is calculated using the following formula: LTV = total outstandings in portfolio/total property values of total outstandings in portfolio.
‘Value at Risk (VaR)’ A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific confidence level and within a specific timeframe.
‘Weighted off balance sheet commitments’ Regulatory add-ons to the leverage exposure measure based on credit conversion factors used in the Standardised Approach to credit risk.
‘Wholesale loans’ or ‘wholesale lending’ Lending to larger businesses, financial institutions and sovereign entities.
‘Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates (RFRWG)’ A group mandated with catalysing a broad-based transition to using ‘Sterling Overnight Index Average (SONIA)’ as the primary sterling interest rate benchmark in bond, loan and derivatives markets.
‘Write-off (gross)’ The point where it is determined that an asset is irrecoverable, or it is no longer considered economically viable to try to recover the asset or it is deemed immaterial or full and final settlement is reached and the shortfall written off. In the event of write-off, the customer balance is removed from the balance sheet and the impairment allowance held against the asset is released. Net write-offs represent gross write-offs less post write-off recoveries.
‘Wrong-way risk’ Arises in a trading exposure when there is significant correlation between the underlying asset and the counterparty, which in an event of default would lead to a significant mark to market loss. When assessing the credit exposure of a wrong-way trade, analysts take into account the correlation between the counterparty and the underlying asset as part of the sanctioning process.